Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

NBCC(INDIA)LIMITED

Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA

VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
INTERNAL ELECTRICAL WORKS

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 1 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

1.0 GENERAL
1.1 The Internal & External Electrical works shall be carried out in accordance with Indian Standard
Code of Practice for Electrical Wiring Installation IS: 732-1989 and IS: 2274-1963. Electrical
Installation work shall also be in conformity with National Electrical Code with upto date
ammendments. All Electrical work shall be carried out in accordance with the provision of
Indian Electricity Act 1910 & Indian Electricity Rules 1956 ammended upto date. The work
shall also conform to Indian Standard Code of Practice for the type of work involved. It
shall also be in conformity with regulations and requirements of the Local Electricity Supply
Authority and Fire Insurance regulations so far as these become applicable to the
installation. Electrical work shall be carried out as per following CPWD general
Specifications for Electrical Works.
Part I - Internal Work - 2023
Part IV - Substation Work - 2013
Part VII - DG Set Work - 2013
Part III - Lift & Escalator Work - 2003
Part V - Wet Riser & Sprinkler Systems – 2020
Part VI - Fire Detection and Alarm System – 2018
General Specifications for Heating, Ventilation & Air-Conditioning (HVAC) - 2017

1.2 Wherever this Tender Specifications call for a higher standard of material and or workmanship
than those required by any of the above mentioned regulations and specifications then the
particular specifications given here under shall take precedence over the said regulations
and standards.
1.3 The work shall be executed and measured as per the dimensions given in the Drawings, Designs
and Specifications etc. The abbreviations used shall mean as under:-
// - Inch (25.4mm)
/ - Foot (12 inches or 30.48 cms)
Sq.Ft. - Square Feet
Sq.Mt (M2) - Square Metre.
Cu. Ft. - Cubic Feet.
Cum (M3) - Cubic Metre.
Kg. - Kilograms (Equivalent to 1000 gms)
T. (M.T.) - Tonne (Equivalent to 1000 Kgs.)
No. - Numbers.
Cm. - Centimetre.
M or R.M. - Metre or Running Metre.
2.0 MAIN / SUB DISTRIBUTION BOARDS & METER BOARDS.
2.1 GENERAL
MDB / SDB & Meter Board shall be metal clad totally enclosed, rigid, floor/wall mounting, air insulated,
compartmentalized cubicle type Panel Board for use on 415 volts, three phases, 50 cycle
system. Equipment shall be designed for operation in high ambient temperature and high
humidity tropical atmospheric conditions.
2.2 STANDARDS
The equipment shall be designed to conform to the requirements of:
a) IS 8623 - Factory Built Assemblies of switchgear and controlgear.
b) IS 4237 - General requirements for switchgear and controlgear for voltage not exceeding
1000 volts.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 2 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

c) IS 2147-Degrees of protection provided by enclosures for low voltage switchgear and

controlgear.
d) IS 375 - Marking and arrangement of busbars.
2.2.1 Individual equipment housed in the MDB / SDB & Meter Boards shall conform to the following IS
specifications:
a) Moulded Case Circuit Breakers - IS : 13947-2/IEC 947-2.
b) Current Transformers - IS : 2705.
c) Indicating Instruments - IS : 1248.
d) Integrating Instruments - IS : 722.
e) HRC fuse links - IS : 13703 / IEC 269.
3.0 ELECTRIC POWER DISTRIBUTION AND WIRING 3.1 INTRODUCTION
The electric power will be received and distributed in a building, through following
means:-
(i). Cabling and switchgears to receive power.
(ii). The building is divided into convenient number of parts, each part served by a rising
mains system to distribute power vertically / horizontally.
(iii). Power flows from rising mains through tap – off box to floor main board to final
DBs and then to wiring.
(iv). While rising main takes care of general lighting and power outlet load of the building,
other loads like lifts, pump sets, AC plants, other motor loads are fed by
independent cables of suitable capacity fed from properly designed essential /
non- essential LT panels with suitably designed switchgear having necessary
control and safely features.
(v). Therefore the distribution / wiring system essentially consists of provision of cables,
switchgears, rising main, bus-ducting earthing, laying of pipes/ conduits etc. (in
surface of recess) based on proper detailed designing to decide on various sizes/
capacities of these components and various controls and safeties involved, to
provide an efficient, reliable, safe and adequate electrical. Distribution and wiring
system,
(vi). A typical schematic diagram of power distribution of a building is enclosed. (See
Fig. 3) of General Specification for Electrical works Part I Internal -2013.
3.2 SYSTEM OF DISTRIBUTION AND WIRING :
(i) The wiring shall be done from a distribution system through main and / or branch
distribution boards. The system design and location of boards will be properly
worked out.
(ii) Each main distribution board and branch distribution board shall be controlled by
an incoming circuit breaker / linked switch with fuse. Each outgoing circuit shall
be controlled by a circuit breaker / switch with fuse.
(iii) For non- residential buildings, as far as possible, DBs shall be separate for light
and power.
(iv) Only MCCB / MCB / HRC fuse type DBs shall be used. Re-wireable type fuses
shall not be used.
(v) Three phase DBs shall not be used for final circuit distribution as far as possible.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 3 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

(vi) ‘Power’ wiring shall be kept separate and distinct from light wiring, from the level
of circuits, i.e. beyond the branch distribution boards. Conduits for Light / power
wiring shall be separate.
(vii) Essential / non essential / UPS distribution each will have a completely
independent and separate distribution system starting from the main,
switchboard upto final wiring for each system. As for example, conduit carrying
non-essential wiring shall not have essential of UPS wiring. Wiring for essential
and UPS supply will have their own conduit system. No mixing of wiring is
allowed.
(viii) Generally, no switchboard will have more than one source of incoming supply.
More than one incoming supply will be allowed only at main board with proper
safety and interlocking so that only one source can be switched on at a time.
(ix) Each MDB / DB/ Switch board will have reasonable spare outgoing way for future
expansion.
3.3 Balancing of 3 Phase circuit shall be done.
3.4 WIRING :
3.4.1 Sub-main & Circuit Wiring a) Sub-main Wiring
Sub-main wiring shall mean the wiring from one main/ distribution switchboard to
another.
b) Circuit Wiring
Circuit wiring shall mean the wiring from the distribution board to the 1st tapping
point inside the switch box, from where point wiring starts.
3.4.2 Measurement of Sub-main and Circuit wiring.
(i). Circuit and sub-main wiring shall be measured on linear basis along the run of the
wiring. The measurement shall include all lengths form end to end of conduit or
channel as the case may be, exclusive of interconnections inside the switchboard
etc. the increase on account of diversion or slackness shall not be included in the
measurement.
(ii). The length of circuit wiring with two wires shall be measured from the distribution
board to the nearest switch box from which the point wiring
starts. Looping of switch boxes also will be counted towards circuit wiring
measured along the length of conduit / channel.
(iii). When wires of different circuits are grouped in the single conduit / channel, the same
shall be measured on linear basis depending on the actual number and sizes of
wires run.
(iv). Protective (loop earthing) conductors, which are run along the circuit wiring and the
sub-man wiring, shall be measured on linear basis and paid for separately.
(v). NOTE: Conduit carrying sub-main will not carry circuit / point wiring. Similarly
conduit carrying circuit wiring will not carry sub-main / point wiring. Conduit
carrying point wiring not carry sub-main / circuit wiring
3.4.3 Measurement of other wiring work :-
Except as specified above for point wiring, circuit wiring and sub-main wiring, other types
of wiring shall be measured separately on linear basis along the run of wiring depending
on the actual number and sizes of wires run.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 4 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

3.5 POINT WIRING :-

3.5.1 Definition
A point (other than socket outlet point) shall include all work necessary in complete
wiring to the following wiring to the following outlets form the controlling switch or MCB.
a) Ceiling rose or connector (in the case of point for ceiling / exhaust fan points, pre-
wired light fittings and call bells).
b) Ceiling rose (in case pendant except stiff pendants).
c) Back plate (in case of stiff pendants).
d) Lamp holder (in case of goose neck type wall brackets, batten holders and fittings
which are not pre-wired).
3.5.2 Scope :
Following shall be deemed to be included in point wiring.
a) Conduit / channel as the case may be, accessories for the same and wiring
cables between the switch box and the point outlet, loop protective earthing of
each fan / light fixtures.
b) All fixing accessories such as clips, screws, phil plug rawl plug etc. as required.
c) Metal or PVC switch boxes for control switches, regulators, socket etc.
recessed or surface type, and phenolic laminated sheet covers over the same.
d) Outlet boxes, junction boxes, pull – through boxes etc, but excluding metal boxes
if any, provided with switchboard for loose wires/ conduit terminations.
e) Any special block required for neatly housing the conductor in batten wiring
system.
f) Control switch or MCB, as specified.
g) 3 pin or 6 pin socket, ceiling rose or connector as required. (2 pin and 5 pin socket
outlet shall not be permitted).
h) Connections to ceiling rose, connector socket outlet, lamp holder, switch etc.
i) Bushed conduit or porcelain tubing where wiring cables pass through wall etc.
3.5.3 Measurement Point wiring (other than socket outlet points)
Unless and otherwise specified, there shall be no linear measurement for point wiring
for light points, fan points, exhaust fan point and call bell points. These shall be
measured on unit basis by counting, ad classified as laid down in 3.4.4.
3.5.4 Classifications
Point measured under 3.4.3 on unit basis shall be classified as under according to the
type of building. a) Residential buildings :-
i. Group ‘A’ for point wiring for type I, type II and type III residential quarters
and hotels.
ii. Group ‘B’ for point wiring for type IV and above type of residential quarter
and brackets.
b) Non –residential buildings : -
Group ‘C’ for all types of non-residential building such as offices, hospitals,
laboratories, educational institutions, libraries etc.
c) For any other type of building :-

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 5 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

The group under which the points are to be classified shall be decided by the
concerned Chief Engineer (Elect.).
3.5.5 Point wiring for socket outlet points :-
a) The light (6A) point and power (16A) point wiring shall be measured on linear
basis, from the respective tapping point of live cable, namely switchbox another
socket outlet point, or the sub distribution board as the case may be, up to the
socket outlet.
b) The metal / PVC box with cover, switch / MCB, socket outlet and another
accessories shall be measured and paid as a separate item.
Note: - There shall normally be no ‘On the board” light plug point.
c) The power point outlet may be 16A /6A, six pin socket outlet, where so specified
in the tender documents.

3.5.6 Group Control Point Wiring.

a) In the case of points with more than one point controlled by the same switch, such
points shall be measured in parts i.e. (a) from the switch to the first point outlet
as one point and classified according to 3.4.4, and (b) for the subsequent points,
the distance from that outlet to the next one and so on, shall be treated as
separate point (s) and classified according to 3.4.4.
3.5.7 No recovery shall be made for non-provision of more than one switch in such cases.
3.5.8 Twin Control Light Point wiring;-
a) A light point controlled by two numbers of two way switches shall be measured
as two points from the fitting to the switches on either side and classified
according to 3.4.4.
b) No recovery shall be made for non-provision of more than one ceiling rose or
connector in such cases.
3.5.9 Multiple Controlled Call Bell Point wiring ;-
a) In the case of call bell points with a single call bell outlet, controlled from more
than one place, the point shall be measured in parts i.e. (a) from the call bell
outlet to one of the nearest ceiling roses meant for connection to bell push,
treated as one point and classified according to 3.4.4 and (b) from that ceiling
rose to the next one and so on, shall be treated as separate point (s) and
classified according to 3.4.4.
b) No recovery shall be made for non-provision of more than one ceiling rose or
connector for connection to call bell in such cases.
3.6 WIRING SYSTEM :-
a) Wiring shall be done only by the looping system. Phase / live conductors shall be
looped at the switchbox. Fro point wiring, neutral wire /earth wire looping for the
1st point shall be done in the switch box; and neutral earth looping of subsequent
points will be made from point outlet.
b) In wiring, on joints in wiring will be permitted anywhere, except in switchbox or
point outlets, where jointing of wires will be allowed with use of suitable connector.
c) The wiring throughout the installation shall be such that there is no break in the
neutral wire except in the form of linked switchgears. `
d) Colour coding :-

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 6 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Following colour coding shall be followed in wiring

Phase: Red / Yellow / Blue (Three Phase Wiring)
Live : Red (Single Phase Wiring)
Neutral: Black
Earth : Yellow / Green.
e) Termination of circuit into switchboard :-
Circuit will consist of Phase / Neutral / Earth wire. Circuit will terminate in a switch
board (first taping point, where from point wiring starts) in following manners: -
a) Phase wire terminated in phase connector.
b) Neutral wire terminated in neutral connector
c) Earth wire terminated in earth connector.
d) The switchboard will have phase neutral and earth termination connector
blocks to receive phase / neutral / earth wires. (See fig. 4)
3.7 RUN OF WIRING :-
a) The type of wiring shall be specified in the tender documents namely, surface
conduit / recessed conduit, steel / PVC channel.
b) Surface wiring shall run as far as possible along the walls and ceiling, so as to be
easily accessible for inspection.
c) Above false ceiling, in no case, open wiring shall be allowed. Wiring will be done
in recessed conduit or surface steel conduit.
d) In recessed conduit system, routes of conduit will be planned, so that various
inspection boxes provided don’t present a shabby look. Such boxes provided
5mm above plaster level, and they can be covered with plaster of paris with
marking of junction boxes.
e) Where number of electrical services like electrical wiring, telephone wiring,
computer cabling, pass through corridors, it may be proper to plan such service
with properly designed aluminium / PVC channels duly covered by a false ceiling,
so that subsequently such service can be maintained and additional cables can
be provided.
f) Generally conduits for wiring will not be taken in floor slabs. When it is
unavoidable special precaution to be taken to provide floor channels with
provision for safety and maintenance. Alternatively false flooring can be provided.
3.8 PASSING THROUGH WALL OR FLOORS :-
a) When wiring cables are to pass through a wall these shall be taken through a
protection (Steel / PVC) pipe or porcelain tube of suitable size such that they pass
through in a straight line without twist or cross in them on either they pass through
in a straight line with twist or cross in them on either end of such holes. The ends
of metallic pipe shall be neatly bushed with porcelain, PVC or other approved
materials.
b) All floors openings for carrying any wiring shall be suitably sealed after
installation.
3.9 JOINTS IN WIRING
a) No bare conductor in phase and / or neutral or twisted joints in phase, neutral,
and / or protective conductors in wiring shall be permitted.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 7 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

b) There shall be no joints in the through – runs of cables. If the length of final circuit
of sub-main is more than the length of standard coil, thus necessitating a through
joint, such joint shall be made by means of approved mechanical connectors in
suitable junctions boxes.
c) Termination of multi-stranded conductors shall be done using suitable crimping
type thimbles.
3.10 RATING OF OUTLETS (TO BE ADOPTED FOR DESIGN)
a) Incandescent lamps in residential and non-residential buildings shall be rated at
60W and 100W respectively.
b) Ceiling fans shall be rated at 60W. Exhaust fans, fluorescent tubes, compact
fluorescent tubes, HPMV lamps, HPSV lamps etc. shall be rated according to
their capacity. Control gear loses shall be also considered as applicable.
c) 6A and 16A socket outlets points shall be rated at 100W and 1000W respectively,
unless the actual values of loads are specified.
3.11 CAPACITY OF CIRCUITS :-
a) Lighting circuit shall feed light / fan / call bell points. Each circuit shall not have
more than 800Watt connected load or more than 10 Points. However in case of
CFL points where load per point may be less, number of points may be suitably
increased.
b) Power circuit in non-residential building will have only one outlet per
circuit.
c) Each power circuit in residential building can feed following outlets :
i. Not more than 2 Nos. 16A outlets.
ii. Not more than 3 Nos. 6A outlets.
iii. Not more than 1 No. 16A and 2 No. 6A outlets.
d) Load more than 1KW shall be controlled by suitably rated MCB and cable size
shall be decided as per calculations.
e) Power wiring with bus trunking ; - It is permitted to meet large – scale power
requirement in a hall, or floor, with use of single phase or 3 phase bus bar running
inside a metal enclosure. This will be provided with careful design and use of
factory fabricated bus-trunking of reputed make, conforming to relevant BIS
standards and with standard accessories link end feed unit, tap off with necessary
safety features like over current, and short circuit and earth fault protection. Such
trunking will be of specified breaking KA raking.
3.12 SOCKET OUTLETS :-
a) Socket outlet shall be 6A, 3 Pin, 16Amp 3pin or 16/6Amp 6pin. 5 pin socket
outlets will not be permitted.
The third pin shall be connected to earth through protective (loop earthing)
conductor, 2 Pin or 5 pin sockets shall not be permitted to be used.
b) Conductors connecting electrical appliances with socket outlets shall be of
flexible type with an earthing conductor for connection to the earth terminal of
plug and the metallic body of the electrical appliance.
c) Socket for the power outlet of rating above 1KW shall be of industrial type with
associated plug top and controlling MCB.
d) Where specified, shutter type (interlocking type) of socket shall be used.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 8 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

e) Every socket outlet shall be controlled by a switch or MCB, as specified. The

control switch / MCB shall be connected on the ‘live’ side of the line.
f) 5A/6A and 15A /16A socket outlets shall be installed at the following positions,
unless otherwise specified.
i. Non –residential building – 23cm above floor level.
ii. Kitchen – 23cm above working platform and away from the likely positions
of stove and sink
iii. Bathroom – No socket outlet is permitted for connecting a portable
appliance thereto. MCB / IC switch may be provided above 2m for fixed
appliances, and at least 1m away from shower.
iv. Rooms in residences – 23cm above floor level, or any other level in special
cases as desired by the Engineer – in – Charge.
g) Unless and otherwise specified, the control switches for the 6A and 16A socket
outlet shall be kept alogwith the socket outlets.
3.13 CABLES
a) Copper conductor cable only will be used for sub-main / circuit / point wiring.
b) Minimum size of wiring ; Light wiring: 1.5 sq.mm.

Power wiring: 4.0 sq.mm.

Power circuit rated more than 1KW: Size as per calculation
c) Insulation: Copper conductor cable shall be PVC insulated, Fire retardant, low
smoke (FRLS) type conforming to BIS specifications.
d) Multi-stranded:- Cables are permitted to be used.
3.14 FLEXIBLE CABLE :-
a) Conductor of flexible cables shall be of copper. The cross sectional area of
conductor for flexible cable shall be as per design.
b) Only 3 core flexible cables shall be used for connecting single – phase appliances.
c) Unless the flexible cables are mechanically protected by armoured, or though
rubber, or PVC sheathed, these shall not be used in workshops and other places
where they are liable to mechanical damage.
Flexible cable connection to bell push from ceiling rose shall be taken through steel
conduit / metallic casing and capping.
3.15 WIRING ACCESSORIES :-
a) Control switches for points :-
i. Control switches (single pole switch) carrying not more than 16A shall be
modular type. The switch shall be ‘ON’ when the knob is down.
ii. Modular type switches of reputed make along with matching mounting
boxes, shall be used in non-residential buildings and residential quarters of
all types. Modular type sockets, stepped type fan regulators shall be used.
All such boxes switches and accessories shall be of same make of modular
switch manufacturer.
iii. It is recommended to provide double pole MCB in proper enclosure as
power outlet for window type AC unit, geysers etc.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 9 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

b) Switch Boxes :-
i. Switch box shall be hot dip galvanized, factory fabricated. Suitable in size
for surface / recess mounting and suitable in size for accommodating the
required number of switches and accessories (where required to be used
for applications other then modular switches / sockets).
ii. Switch box also can be of non – metallic material. The technical sanctioning
authority will approve specified makes of reputed quality and specifications.
c) Switchbox cover (for application other than modular type) :-
Phenolic laminated sheets of approved shade shall be used for switch box covers.
These shall be of 3mm thick synthetic phenolic resin bonded laminated sheets as
base material and conforming to Grade P-I of IS : 20361974.
Note: Specification for switch boxes is covered in the chapters on the various types of
wiring.
d) Ceiling rose : -
i. A ceiling rose shall not be used on a circuit, the voltage of which normally
exceeds 250V.
ii. Only one flexible cord shall be connected to a ceiling rose. Specially
designed ceiling roses shall be used for multiple pendants. iii. A ceiling rose
shall not embody fuse terminals as an integral part
of it;
e) Lamp Holders : -
i. Lamp holders may be batten, angle and pendant of bracket holder type as
required. He holder shall be made of brass and shall be rigid enough to
maintain shape on application of a nominal external pressure. There should
be sufficient threading for fixing the base to the lamp holder part so that
they do not open out during attention to the lamp or shade.
ii. Lamp holder for use no bracket and the like shall have not less than 1.3cm
nipple, and all those for use with flexible pendant shall be provided with
cord grips.
iii. All lamp holders shall be provided with shade carriers.
iv. Where centre contact Edison Screw lamp holders are used, the outer or
screw contact shall be connected o the ‘middle wire’ or the neutral
conductor of the circuit.
f) Fitting types:-
The types of fittings shall be as specified in the tender documents.
Indoor type fittings:-
i. Where conductors are required to be drawn through tube or channel
leading to the fitting, the tube or channel must be free from sharp angles or
projecting edge, and of such size as will enable them to be wired with the
conductor used for the final circuit without removing the braiding or
sheathing. As far as possible all such tubes or channels should be of
sufficient size to permitted looping back
ii. Wires used within pre-wired fittings shall be flexible with PVC insulation and
14/0.193 mm (minimum) copper conductors. The leads shall be terminated
on built – in – terminal block, ceiling rose or connector as required.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 10 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

iii. Fittings using discharge lamps shall be complete with power factor
correction capacitors, either integrally or externally. An earth terminal with
suitable marking shall be provided for each fitting of discharge lamps.
iv. Fittings shall be installed such that the lamp is at a height of 2.4m above
floor level, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer – in – charge.
v. Fittings made of CRCA shall be phosphatized and powder / epoxy painted.
For coastal areas and humid area like toilets, kitchen, for prolonging the life
of such fittings, corrosion free materials like engineering plastic, aluminium,
stainless steel, etc. should be used.
Outdoor type fittings:-
Outdoor fittings shall have suitable IP protection. It is preferable that street light
fittings are of cast aluminium body of IP65, for reducing recurring maintenance
cost and improved performance. Where required IP 66 fittings also can be
provided for reducing maintenance frequency and cost.
Other fittings are not available with tested IP 65/54 protection, can be properly
fabricated with weatherproof features, proper gasketing etc. as far as possible
corrosion free material like cast aluminium, stainless steel, engineering plastics
may be used for fabrication of such fittings, to prolong life such fittings. There
should not be any exposed wiring in such outdoor fittings
3.16 ATTACHMENT OF FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES : -
a) Conduit wiring system :-
i. All accessories like switches, socket outlets, call bell pushes and regulators
shall be fixed in flush pattern inside the switch / regulator boxes.
Accessories like ceiling roses, brackets, batten holders etc. shall be fixed
on outlet boxes. The fan regulators may also be fixed on outlet boxes, if so
directed by Engineer – in – charge.
ii. Aluminium alloy or cadmium plated iron screws shall be used to fix the
accessories to their bases.
iii. The switch box / regulator box shall normally be mounted with their bottom
1.25m form floor level, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer – in –
charge / Architect / Electrical Consultants.

b) Fixing to wall and ceiling :-

i. Wooden plug for fixing to wall / ceiling will not be allowed. Fixing will be
done with the help or PVC sleeves / Rowel plugs / dash fasteners as
required.
ii. Drilling of holes shall be done by drilling machines only. No manual drilling
of hole will be allowed.
3.17 FANS, REGULATORS AND CLAMPS : -
a) Ceiling Fans :-
i. Ceiling fans including their suspension shall conform to relevant Indian
Standards.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 11 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

ii. All ceiling fans shall be wired to ceiling roses or to special connector boxes,
and suspended form hooks or shackles, with insulators between hooks and
suspension rods. There shall be no joint in the suspension rod.
iii. For wooden or steel joists and beams, the suspension shall consist of GI
flat of size not less than 40mm x 6mm, secured on the side of the joists or
beam by means of two coach screws of size not less than 5cm for each
flat. Where there is space above the beam, a through- bolt of size not less
than 1.5cm dia, shall be placed above the beam the beam from which the
flats are suspended. In the letter case, the flats shall be secured from
movements by means of another bolts and nut at the bottom of the beam.
A hook consisting of MS rod of size not less than 1.5cm. dia shall be
inserted between the MS flat through oval
holes on their sides. Alternatively, the flats may be bent inward to hold tightly
between them by means of a bolt and nut, a hook of ‘S’ form.
iv. In the case of ‘I’ beams, flats shall be shaped suitably to catch the flanges
and shall be held together by means of a long bolt and nut.
v. For concrete roofs, a 12mm dia. MS rod in the shape of ‘U’ with their vertical
legs bent horizontally at the top at least 19cm or either side and bound to
the top reinforcement of the roof shall be used as shown in Fig . 5.
vi. In buildings with concrete roofs having a low ceiling height, where the fan
clamp mentioned under sub clause (v) above cannot be used, or wherever
specified, recessed type fan clamp inside metallic box, as shown in Fig. 6
shall be used.
vii. Canopies on top suspension rod shall effectively hide the suspension.
viii. The leading in wire shall be of nominal cross sectional area not less than
1.5 sq.mm. And shall be protected from abrasion.
ix. Unless otherwise specified, all ceiling fans shall be hung 2.75m above the
floor.
x. In the case of measurement of extra down rod for ceiling fan including
wring, the same shall be measured in units of 10cm. any length less than
5cm shall be ignored.
xi. The wiring of extra down rod shall be paid as supplying and drawing cable
in existing conduit.
b) Exhaust Fans :-
i. Exhaust fans shall conform to relevant Indian Standards.
ii. Exhaust fans shall be erected at the place indicated by the engineer – in –
charge. For fixing an exhaust fan, a circular opening shall be provided in
the wall to suit the size of the frame, which shall be fixed by means of rag
bolts embedded in the wall. The holes shall be neat plastered to the original
finish of the wall. The exhaust fans shall be connected to the exhaust fan
point, which shall be wired as near to the opening as possible, by means of
a flexible cord, care being taken to see that the blades rotate in the proper
direction.
iii. Exhaust fans for installation in corrosive atmosphere, shall be painted with
special PVC paint or chlorinated rubber paint.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 12 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

iv. Installation of exhaust fan in kitchens, dark rooms and such other special
location need careful consideration; any special provision needed shall be
specified.
c) Regulators :-
The metallic body of regulators of ceiling fans / exhaust fans shall be connected
to earth by the protective conductor.
3.18 MARKING OF SWITCHBOARD :-
(a) Schematic Diagram : - First a comprehensive schematic diagram for each
building is to be prepared, starting from Main L.T. Panel, rising main, sub-main
boards, DBs, etc. and the manner in which they are connected. This will include
essential, non –essential and UPS system main sub-main cables shall be
indicated
(b) Marking of each main Board: - Each main board Sub-main board shall be
marked indicating rating of each incoming / outgoing switch and the details of
loads / area it feeds. Detail / size of incoming and outgoing cable also shall be
marked indicating from where the incoming cable has originated.
(c) Marking of Distribution Board: - Each Distribution board shall be marked
indicating detail of incoming switch (Size of cable and from where it is fed) and
marking of each outgoing MCB indicating the area it feeds. Suitable marking
sticker will be suitably fixed to indicate such details.
(d) Marking of Power / Light DBs: - Power / Light DBs shall be marked ‘P’ and ‘L’
respectively.
(e) Marking for Non- essential / Essential / UPS / Switch board: - Each
switchboard shall be marked essential / non-essential / UPS to indicate the nature
of such switchboards.
(f) Marking of Main earthing terminal: - Main earthing terminals in main / sun-main
switchboard shall be permanently marked, as ‘Safety Earth – don’t remove’.

4.0 METALLIC CONDUIT WIRING SYSTEM

4.1 SCOPE
This chapter covers the detailed requirements for wiring work in metallic conduits. This chapter
covers both surface and recessed types of works.

4.2 APPLICATION
(i) Recessed conduit is suitable generally for all applications. Surface conduit work may be
adopted in places like workshops, plant rooms, pump rooms, wiring above false ceiling
/ below false flooring, and at locations where recessed work may not be possible to be
done. The types of work, viz. surface or recessed, shall be as specified in the respective
works.
(ii) Flexile conduits may only be permitted for interconnections between switchgear, DBs
and conduit terminations in wall.
4.3 MATERIAL
4.2.1. CONDUITS
(i) All rigid conduit pipes shall be of steel and be ISI marked. The wall thickness
shall be not less than 1.6mm (16SWG) for conduits upto 32mm dia and not less

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 13 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

than 2mm (14 SWG) for conduits above 32mm dia. These shall be solid drawn
or reamed by welding, and finished with galvanized or stove enamelled surface.
(ii) The maximum number of PVC insulated cables conforming to IS: 694-1990 that
can be drawn in one conduit is given size wise in Table I, and the number of
cables per conduit shall not be exceeded. Conduit size shall be selected
accordingly in each run.
(iii) No steel conduit less than 20mm in diameter shall be used.
4.2.2. CONDUIT ACCESSORIES
(i) The conduit wiring system shall be complete in all respects, including their
accessories.
(ii) All conduit accessories shall be of threaded type, and under no circumstances
pin grip type of clamp grip type accessories shall be used.
(iii) Bends, couplers etc. shall be solid type in recessed type of works and may be
solid or inspection type as required, in surface type of works.
(iv) A) Saddles or surface conduit work on wall shall not be less than
0.55mm (24 gauges) for conduits upto 25mm dia and not less than 0.9mm (20
gauges) for larger diameter. The corresponding widths shall be 19mm & 25mm.
B) The minimum width and the thickness of girder clips used for fixing conduits to
steel joints, and clamps shall be as per the Table II (General Specification for
Electrical works Part I – Internal 2023).

4.2.3. OUTLETS
(i) The switch box or regulator box shall be made of metal on all sides, except on
the front. In the case of cast boxes, the wall thickness shall be at least 3mm and
in case of welded mild steel sheet boxes, the wall thickness shall not be less
than1.2mm (18 Gauge) for boxes upto a size of 20cm x 30cm, and above this
size 1.6mm (16 Gauge) thick MS boxes shall be used. The metallic boxes shall
be duly painted with anticorrosive paint before erection as per chapter 15 of these
Specifications.
(ii) A) Outlet boxes shall be of one of the size, covered in the Schedule of Rate
(Elect.), Part – I Internal – 2023.
B) Where a large number of control switches and / or fan regulators are required to
be installed at one place, these shall be installed in more than one outlet box an
adjacent to each other for ease of maintenance.
(iii) An earth terminal with stud and 2 metal washers and terminal block shall be
provided in each MS box for termination of protective conductors and for
connection to stock outlet/ metallic body of fan regulator etc.
(iv) A metal strip shall be welded / screwed, to the metal box as support if tumbler
type of control switches, sockets and or fan regulators in flush pattern.
(v) Clear depth of the box shall not be less than 60mm and this shall be increased
suitably to accommodate mounding of fan regulators in flush pattern.
(vi) The fan regulators can also be mounted on the switch box covers, if so stipulated
in the tender specification, or if so directed by the Engineer – in – charge.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 14 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

(vii) Except where otherwise stated, 3mm thick phenolic laminated sheet as per
clause 3.14.c shall be fixed on the front with brass screws, or aluminium alloy/
cadmium plated iron screws as approved by the Engineer – in – Charge.
4.4 INSTALLATION
4.3.1 COMMON ASPECTS FOR RECESSED AND SURFACE CONDUIT WORKS.
(i) CONDUIT JOINTS
(a) The conduit work of each circuit of section shall be completed before the cables
are drawn in.
(b) Conduit pipes shall be joined by means of screwed couplers and screwed
accessories only. Threads on conduit pipes in all cases shall be between 13mm
to 19mm long, sufficient to accommodate pipe to full threaded portion of couplers
or accessories.
(c) Cut ends of conduit pipes shall have no sharp edges, nor any burrs left to avoid
damage to the insulation of the conductors while pulling them through such pipes.
(d) The Engineer – in – charge, with a view to ensuring that the above provision has
been carried out, may require that the separate lengths of conduit etc., after they
have been prepared, shall be submitted for inspection before being fixed.
(e) No bare threaded portion of conduit pipe shall be allowed, unless such bare
threaded portion is treated with anticorrosive preservative or covered with
approved plastic compound.

(ii) BENDS IN CONDUITS

(a) All necessary bends in the system, including diversion, shall be done either by
neatly bending the pipes without cracking with a bending radius of not less than
7.5cm, or alternatively, by inserting suitable solid or inspection type normal
bends, elbows or similar fittings, or by fixing cast iron inspection boxes, whichever
is most suitable.
(b) No length of conduit shall have more than the equivalent of four quarter bends
from outlet to outlet
(c) Conduit fittings shall be avoided as far as possible on conduit system exposed to
weather. Where necessary, solid type fittings shall be used.

(iii) OUTLETS
(a) All outlets such as switches, wall sockets etc. may be either flush mounting type,
or of surface mounting type, as specified in the Additional Specifications.
(b) All switches (except piano type switches), socket outlets and fan regulators shall
be fixed on metal strips which shall be screwed / welded to the box. Piano type
switches and accessories shall be fixed on the phenolic laminated sheet covers
in flush pattern
(iv) PAINTING AFTER ERECTION
After installation, all accessible surface of conduit pipes, fittings, switch and regulator
boxes etc. shall be painted in compliance with the clauses under chapter 15- “Painting”
of General Specification for Electrical works Part I – Internal 2023.

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SURFACE CONDUIT WORK.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 15 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

(i) PAINTING BEFORE ERECTION

The outer surface of conduit including all bends, unions, tees junction boxes etc. forming
part of the conduit system, shall be adequately protected against rust when such system
is exposed to weather, by being painted with 2coats or red oxide paint applied before
they are fixed.
(ii) FIXING COUNDUIT ON SURFACE
(a) Conduit pipes shall be fixed by saddles, secured to suitable approved plugs with
screws in an approved manner at an interval of not more than one meter, but no
either side of the couplers or bends or similar fittings, saddles shall be fixed at a
distance of 30 cm from the center of such fittings.
(b) Where conduit pipes are to be laid along the trusses, steel joists etc.
the same shall be secured by means of saddles of girder clips or clamps as
required by the Engineer – in – charge.
(c) In long distance straight run of conduit, inspection type couplers at reasonable
intervals shall be provided, or running threads with couplers and jam nuts shall
be provided.
(iii) FIXING OUTLET BOXES.
Only portion of the switch box shall be sunk in the wall, the other portion being projected
out for suitable entry of conduit pipes into the box.
4.3.2 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RECESSED CONDUIT WORK. (i) MAKING
CHASE
(a) The chase in the wall shall be neatly made of ample dimensions to permit the
conduit to be fixed in the manner desired.
(b) In the case of building under construction, the conduits shall be buried in the wall
before plastering, and shall be finished neatly after erection of conduit.
(c) In case of exposed brick / rubber masonry work, special, care shall be taken to
fix the conduit and accessories in position along with the building work.
(ii) FIXING CONDUITS IN CHASE
(a) The conduit pipe shall be fixed by means of staples, J-hooks, or by means of
saddles, not more than 60cm apart or by any other approved means of fixing.
(b) All threaded joints of conduit pipes shall be treated with some approved
preservative compound to secure protection against rust.
(iii) FIXING CONDUITS IN RCC WORK
(a) The conduit pipes shall be laid in position and fixed to the steel reinforcement
bars by steel binding wires before the concreting is done. The conduit pipe shall
be fixed firmly to the steel reinforcement bars to avoid their dislocation during
pouring of cement concrete and subsequent tamping of the same.
(b) Fixing of standard bends or elbows shall be avoided as far as practicable, and all
curves shall be maintained by bending the conduit pipe itself with a long radius,
which will permit easy drawing in of conductors.
(iv) Location of inspection / junction boxes in RCC work should be identified by suitable
means to avoid unnecessary chipping of the RCC slab subsequently to locate these
boxes.
(v) FIXING INSPECTION BOXES.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 16 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

(a) Suitable inspection boxes to the minimum requirement shall be provided to permit
inspection and to facilitate replacement of wires, if necessary.
(b) These shall be mounted flush with the wall or ceiling concrete. Minimum 65mm
depth junction boxes shall be used in roof slabs and the depth of the boxes in
other places shall be as per IS : 2667- 1988.
(c) Suitable ventilation holes shall be provided in the inspection box covers.
(vi) FIXING SWITCH BOXES AND ACCESSORIES
Switch boxes shall be mounted flush with the wall. All outlets such as switches, socket
outlet etc. shall be flush mounting type, unless otherwise specified in the additional
specifications.
(vii) FISH WIRE
To facilitate subsequent drawing of wires in the conduit, GI fish wire of 1.6mm/ 1.2mm
(16 /18SWF) shall be provided alongwith the laying of the recessed conduit.
(viii) BUNCHING OF CABLES.
(a) Cables carrying Direct Current may, if desired, be bunched whatever their
polarity, but cables carrying alternating current, if installed in metal conduit shall
always be bunched so that the outgoing and return cables are drawn onto the
same conduit.
(b) Where the distribution is so for single phase loads only, conductors for these
phases shall be drawn in one conduit.
(c) In case of three phase loads, separate conduits shall be run from the distribution
boards to the load points, or outlets as the case may be.
4.3.3 EARTHING REQUIREMENTS
(i) The entire system of metallic conduit work, including the outlet boxes and other metallic
accessories, shall be mechanically and electrically continuous by proper screwed joints,
or by double check nuts at terminations. The conduit shall be continuous when passing
through wall or floors.
(ii) A protective (loop earthing) conductor(s) shall be laid inside the conduit between the
metallic switch boxes and distribution switch boards and terminated into proper earth
lugs. Terminals. Only PVC insulated copper conductor cable of specified size, green-
yellow in colour shall be allowed. Such conductors will not run external to the conduits.
(iii) The protective conductors shall be terminated properly using earth stud, earth terminal
block etc. as the case may be.
(iv) Gas or water pipe shall not be used as protective conductor (earth medium).

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 17 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

TABLE – I
Maximum number of PVC insulated 650/1100 V grade aluminium/
Copper conductor cable conforming to IS : 694 – 1990,
[Clause 4.2.1 (ii) ]

Nominal Cross-
20mm 25mm 32mm 38mm 51mm 64mm
Sectional Area of
conductor In
(Sq.mm) S B S B S B S B S B S B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1.50 5 4 10 8 18 12 - - - - - -

2.50 5 3 8 6 12 10 - - - - - -
4 3 2 6 5 10 8 - - - - - -
6 2 - 5 4 8 7 - - - - - -
10 2 - 4 3 6 5 8 6 - - -
16 - - 2 2 3 3 6 5 10 7 12 8
25 - - - - 3 2 5 3 8 6 9 7
35 - - - - - - 3 2 6 5 8 6
50 - - - - - - - - 5 3 6 5
70 - - - - - - - - 4 3 5 4

NOTE :
1. The above table shows the maximum capacity of conduits for a simultaneous drawing in of
cables.
2. The columns headed ‘S' apply to runs of conduits which have distance not exceeding 4.25m
between draw in boxes and which do not deflect from the straight by an angle of more than 15
degrees. The columns headed `B' apply to runs of conduit which deflect from the straight by
an angle of more than 15 degrees.
3. Conduit sizes are the nominal external diameters.
TABLE – II
GIRDER CLIPS OR CLAMPS
[Clause 4.2.2 (iv) b]
S.NO. SIZE OF CONDUIT WIDTH THICKNESS
(i) 20mm 19mm 0.9 mm (20 SWG)
(ii) 25mm 19mm 0.9 mm (20 SWG)
(iii) 32mm & above 25mm 1.2 mm (18 SWG)

5.0 NON METALLIC CONDUIT WIRING SYSTEM 5.1 SCOPE

This chapter covers the detailed requirements for wiring work in non-metallic conduits. This
chapter covers both surface and recessed types of works.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 18 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

5.2 APPLICATION
5.2.1 Recessed conduit work is generally suitable for all applications. Surface conduit work
may be adopted in place like workshops etc. and where recessed work may not be
possible to be done. The type of work shall be as specified in individual works.
5.2.2 Flexible non –metallic conduits shall be suds only at terminations, wherever specified.
5.2.3 Special precautions
a. If the pipes are liable to mechanical damages, they should be adequately
protected.
b. Non- metallic conduit shall not be used for the following applications
:-
i. In concealed / inaccessible places of combustible construction where
ambient temperature exceeds 60O C.
ii. In places where ambient temperature is less than 5O C. iii. For
suspension of fluorescent fittings and other fixtures.
iv. In areas exposed to sunlight.
5.3 MATERIAL
5.3.1 CONDUITS
(i) All non-metallic conduit pipes and accessories shall be of suitable material
complying with IS 2509-1973 and IS: 3419-1989 for rigid conduits and IS: 9537
(Part-5) 2000 for flexible conduits. The interior of the conduit free from
obstructions. The rigid conduit pipes shall be ISI marked.
(ii) The conduits shall be circular in cross-section. The conduits shall be designated
by their nominal outside diameter. The dimensional details of rigid non-metallic
conduits are given in Table –III (General Specification for Electrical works Part I
– Internal 2023).
(iii) No non-metallic conduit less than 20mm in diameter shall be used.
(iv) Wiring capacity
The maximum number of PVC insulated aluminium / copper conductor cables of
650 /1100V grade conforming to IS 694-1990 that can be drawn in one conduit
of various size given in Table – I under clause 4.2.1 (ii). Conduit shall be selected
accordingly.

5.3.2 CONDUIT ACCESSORIES

(i) The conduit wiring system shall be completed in all respect including accessories.
(ii) Rigid conduit accessories shall be normally of grip type.
(iii) Flexible conduit accessories shall be of threaded type.
(iv) Bends, couplers etc. shall be solid type in recessed type of works and may be
solid or inspection type as required in surface type of works.
(v) Saddle of fixing conduits shall be heavy gauge non-metallic type with base.
(vi) The minimum width and the thickness of the ordinary clips or girder clips shall be
as per Table IV
(vii) For all sizes of conduit, the size of clamping rod shall be 4.5mm (7 SWG)
diameter.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 19 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

5.3.3 OUTLETS
(i) The switch box shall be made of either rigid PVC molding, or mild steel, or cast
iron on all sides except at the front. The regulator boxes shall however be made
only of mild steel of cast iron.
(ii) PVC boxes shall comply with the requirements laid down in IS: 14772-2000.
These boxes shall be free from burrs, fins and internal roughness.
The thickness of the walls and base of PVC boxes shall not be less than 2mm.
the clear depth of PVC boxes shall not be less than 60m.
(iii) The specifications for metallic boxes shall be as per requirements of clause 4.2.3.
(iv) 3mm thick phenolic laminated sheet covers for all types of boxes shall be as per
requirements of clause 3.14.c.
5.4 INSTALLATION
5.4.1 COMMON ASPECTS FOR RECESSED AND SURFACE CONDUIT WORKS.
(i) The erection of conduits of each circuit shall be completed before the cables are drawn in.
(ii) CONDUIT JOINTS
(a.) All joints shall be cemented with approved cement. Damaged conduit pipes/
fittings shall not be used in the work. Cut ends of conduit pipes shall have neither
sharp edges nor any burrs left to avoid damage to the insulation of conductors
while pulling them through such pipes.
(b.) The Engineer – in – charge, with a view of ensuring that the above provision has
been carried out, may require that the separate lengths of conduit etc. after they
have been prepared shall be submitted for inspection before being fixed.
(iii) BENDS IN CONDUITS
i. All bends in the system may be formed either by bending the pipes by an
approved method of heating, or by inserting suitable accessories such as bend,
elbows of similar fittings, or by fixing non-metallic inspection boxes, whichever is
most suitable. Where necessary, solid type fittings shall be used.
ii. Radius of bends in conduit pipes shall not be less than 7.5cm No. length of
conduit shall have more the equivalent of four quarter bends from outlet to outlet.
iii. Care shall be taken while bending the pipes to ensure that the conduit pipe is
not injured, and that the internal diameter is not effectively reduced.
(iv) OUTLETS
All switches, plugs, fan regulators etc. shall be fitted in flush pattern. The fan regulators
can be mounted on the switch box covers, if so stipulated in the tender specifications,
or if so directed by the Engineer – in – Charge.
(v) PAINTING AFTER INSTALLATIONS
(v) After installation, all accessible surface of metallic accessories shall be painted in
compliance with the clauses under chapter 15-
“Painting” (General Specification for Electrical works Part I – Internal 2023).
5.4.2 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SURFACE CONDUIT WORK.
(i) Conduit pipes shall be fixed by heavy gauge non-metallic saddles with base, secured
to suitable approved plugs with screws in an approved manner, at an interval of not
more than 60cm, but no either side of couplers or bends or similar fittings, saddle shall

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 20 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

be fixed at a closer distance from the center of such fittings. Slotted PVC saddle may
also be used where the PVC pipe can be pushed in through the slots.
(ii) Where the conduit pipes are to be laid along the trusses, steel joists etc. the same shall
be secured by means of saddles or girder clips as required by the Engineer –In –
charge. Where it is not possible to use these for fixing, suitable clamps with bolts and
nuts shall be used.
(iii) If the conduit pipes are liable to mechanical damage, they shall be adequately
protected.

5.4.3 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RECESSED CONDUIT WORK.

(i) MAKING CHASE
a) The chase in the wall shall be neatly made of ample dimensions to permit the
conduit to be fixed in the manner desired.
b) In the case of building under construction, the conduits shall be buried in the wall
before plastering, and shall be finished neatly after erection of conduit.
c) In case of exposed brick / rubber masonry work, special, care shall be taken to
fix the conduit and accessories in position along with the building work..
(ii) FIXING CONDUITS IN CHASE
(b) The conduit pipe shall be fixed by means of staples, or by means of non- metallic
saddles placed, not more than 60cm apart or shall be fixed by any other approved
means of fixing.
(c) At either side of the bends, saddles / staples shall be fixed at distance of 15cm
from the centre of the bends. (iii) ERECTION IN RCC WORK
(a) The conduit pipes shall be laid in position and fixed to the steel reinforcement
bars by steel binding wires before the concreting is done. The conduit pipe shall
be fixed firmly to the steel reinforcement
bars to avoid their dislocation during pouring of cement concrete and subsequent
tamping of the same.
(b) Fixing of standard bends or elbows shall be avoided as far as practicable, and all
curves shall be maintained by bending the conduit pipe itself with a long radius,
which will permit easy drawing in of conductors.
(c) Location of inspection / junction boxes in RCC work should be identified by
suitable means to avoid unnecessary chipping of the RCC slab subsequently to
locate these boxes.
(iv) FIXING INSPECTION BOXES.
(a) Suitable inspection boxes to the minimum requirement shall be provided to permit
inspection and to facilitate replacement of wires, if necessary.
(b) These shall be mounted flush with the wall or ceiling concrete. Minimum 65mm
depth junction boxes shall be used in roof slabs and the depth of the boxes in
other places shall be as per IS : 2667- 1988.
(c) Suitable ventilation holes shall be provided in the inspection box covers.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 21 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

(v) FIXING SWITCH BOXES AND ACCESSORIES

Switch boxes shall be mounted flush with the wall. All outlets such as switches, socket
outlet etc. shall be flush mounting type, unless otherwise specified in the additional
specifications.
(vi) FISH WIRE
To facilitate subsequent drawing of wires in the conduit, GI fish wire of 1.6mm/ 1.2mm
(16 /18SWF) shall be provided alongwith the laying of the recessed conduit.
(vii) BUNCHING OF CABLES
For case of maintenance, cables carrying direct current or alternating current shall
always be bunched so that the outgoing and return cables are drawn in the same
conduits.
5.4.4 EARTHING REQUIREMENTS
(i) A protective (earth) conductor(s) shall be drawn inside the conduit in all distribution
circuit to provide for earthing of non-current carrying metallic parts of the installation.
These shall be terminated on the earth terminal in the switch boxes, and / or earth
terminal blocks at the DBs.
(ii) Gas or water pipe shall not be used as protective conductor (earth medium).
TABLE – III
Dimensional details of rigid non-metallic conduits
[Clause 5.2.1 (ii) ]

Sr. Nominal Maximum Maximum Maximum

Minimum
No. Outside Outside Permissible Permissible
inside Diameter
Diameter Diameter eccentricity ovality
(in mm)
(in mm) (in mm) (in mm) (in mm)

1. 20 20 + 0.3 17.2 0.2 0.5

2. 25 25 + 0.3 21.6 0.2 0.5

3. 32 32 + 0.3 28.2 0.2 0.5

4. 40 40 + 0.3 35.8 0.2 0.5

5. 50 50 + 0.3 45.0 0.4 0.6

TABLE – IV
ORDINARY CLIPS OR GIRDER CLIPS
[Clause 5.2.2 (vi) ]
S.NO. SIZE OF CONDUIT WIDTH THICKNESS
(i) 20mm & 25mm 19mm 0.9144 mm (20 SWG)
(ii) 32mm & above 25mm 1.219 mm (18 SWG)

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 22 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

6.0 DISTRIBUTION BOARDS.

6.1 Distribution boards for final distribution for lighting & small power shall be provided under
Internal Electrical Works.
6.2 Distribution Board shall be double door type with extended loose wire box at the top and
suitable for flush installation. All distribution boards shall be of three phase (415 Volts) or
single-phase (240Volts) type with incoming isolator or MCB and/or ELCB as in bill of
quantities. Distribution boards shall contain plug in or bolted type miniature circuit breaker
mounted on busbars. Miniature circuit breakers shall be quick make & quick break type
with trip free mechanism. MCB shall have thermal & magnetic short circuit protection. MCB
shall conform with IS 8828-1978. Busbars shall be of electrolytic copper. Neutral busbars
shall be provided with the same number of terminals, as there are single ways on the board,
in addition to the terminals for incoming mains. An earth bar of similar size as the neutral
bar shall also be provided. Phase barrier shall be fitted and all live parts shall be screened
from the front. Ample clearance shall be provided between all live metal and the earth case
and adequate space for all incoming and outgoing cables. All distribution board enclosures
shall have an etched zinc base stove painted followed by synthetic stoved enamel, colour
light gray. A circuit identification card in clear plastic cover shall be provided for each
distribution board.
6.3 Distribution Board with single-phase outgoings requirement shall be Horizontal type.
Distribution Board with three-phase outgoings requirement shall be Vertical/ Horizontal
type. Distribution Board installed in indoor dry locations shall conform to IP-42.Distribution
Board installed in outdoor & wet locations shall conform to IP- 65.
6.4 Miniature Circuit Breakers for lighting circuits shall be of "B" series where as the circuits
feeding discharge lamps (HPMV/HPSV/Metal Halide) halogen lamps, all power outlet
points, equipment/ machinery shall be of "C/D" series (Motor circuit) types. All miniature
circuit breakers shall be of not less than 10 KA rated rupturing capacity.
6.5 Distribution Board shall be provided with isolator or MCB and/or Residual Current Circuit
Breaker as mentioned in drawings and BOQ. Residual Current Circuit Breaker shall be
current operated type and of 30mA sensitivity unless otherwise stated. RCCB shall be
mounted within distribution board box for single phase distribution board while in three
phase distribution board RCCB shall be either mounted within distribution board box or in
a separate MS box below distribution board. Width and depth of RCCB box shall be same
as that of distribution board box and of same finish. Height of RCCB box shall be sufficient
to accomodate RCCB & termination of incoming & outgoing wires. Distribution board box,
isolator, MCB'S used shall be of one/same manufacturer. Standard size manufactured by
approved manufacturer shall be used. In case size specified in BOQ is not standard size of
manufacturer, in that case next standard size distribution board box shall be used with
incoming & outgoing MCB as specified in BOQ. Additional cutout/space for outgoing MCB
shall be plugged with blank plates. No extra cost shall be paid for using bigger/higher size
distribution board box and blank plates.
8.0 CABLE TRAY 8.1 PERFORATED TYPE CABLE TRAY
The cable tray shall be fabricated out of slotted/perforated MS sheets as channel sections, single or
double bended. The channel sections shall be supplied in convenient lengths and assembled
at site to the desired lengths. These may be galvanized or painted as specified.
Typically, the dimensions, fabrication details etc. are shown in CPWD General Specification for
Electrical Works. Part-II-External: 1994.
The jointing between the sections shall be made with coupler plates of the same material
and thickness as the channel section. Two coupler plates, each of minimum 200mm length,
shall be bolted on each of the two sides of the channel section with 8mm dia round headed
Digitally signed by MAYANK
KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 23 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

bolts, nuts and washers. In order to maintain proper earth continuity bond, the paint on the
contact surface between the coupler plates and cable tray shall be scraped and removed
before the installation.
The maximum permissible uniformly distributed load for various sizes of cable trays and for
different supported span are as per Table-IV of CPWD General Specifications of Electrical
Works Part II (External): 1994. The sizes shall be specified considering the same.
Factory fabricated bends, reducers, tee/cross junctions, etc. shall be provided as per good
engineering practice. (Details are typically shown in figure-3) of CPWD General
Specifications of Electrical Work Part-II – 1994. The radius of bends, junctions etc. shall not
be less than the minimum permissible radius of bending of the largest size of cable to be
carried by the cable tray.
The entire tray (except in the case of galvanised type) and the suspenders shall be painted
with two coats of red oxide primer paint after removing the dirt and rust, and finished with
two coats of spray paint of approved make synthetic enamel paint.
8.2 LADDER TYPE CABLE TRAY
Ladder type cable tray shall be fabricated out of double bended channel section longitudinal
members with single bended channel section rungs of cross members welded to the base of
the longitudinal members at a centre to centre spacing of 250mm. The channel sections shall
be supplied in convenient lengths and assembled at side to the desired lengths. These may
be galvanized or painted to the desired lengths. Alternatively, where specified, the cable tray
may be fabricated by two angle irons of 50mm x 50mm x 6mm as two longitudinal members,
with crosses bracings between them by 50mm x 5mm flats welded/bolted to the angles at 1
m spacing.
Typically, the dimensions, fabrication details etc. are shown in CPWD
General Specification for Electrical Works - Part II -External, 1994.
The jointing between the sections shall be made with coupler plates of the same material
and thickness as the channel section. Two coupler plates, each of minimum 200mm length,
shall be bolted on each of the two sides of the channel section with 8mm dia round headed
bolts, nuts and washers. In order to maintain proper earth continuity bond, the paint on the
contact surfaces between the coupler plates and cable tray shall be scraped and removed
before the installation.
The maximum permissible uniformly distributed load for various sizes of cables trays and for
different supported span are as per CPWD General Specification of Electrical Work Part II -
1994. The sizes shall be specified considering the same.
The width of the cable tray shall be chosen so as to accommodate all the cable in one tier,
plus 30 to 50% additional width for future expansion. This additional width shall be minimum
100mm. The overall width of one cable tray shall be limited to 900mm.
Factory fabricated bends, reducers, tee/cross junctions, etc. shall be provided as per good
engineering practice. Details are typically shown in figure 3 of CPWD General Specification
of Electrical Work Part-II-1994. The radius of bends, junctions etc. shall not be less than the
minimum permissible radius of bending of the largest size of cable to be carried by the cable
tray.
The entire tray (except in the case of galvanized type) and the suspenders shall be painted
with two coats of red oxide primer paint after removing the dirt and rust, and finished with two
coats of spray paint of approved make synthetic enamel paint.
The cable tray shall be bonded to the earth Terminal of the switch bonds at both ends.
The cable trays shall be measured on unit length basis, along the center line of the cable tray,
including bends, reducers, tees, cross joints, etc, and paid for accordingly.
Digitally signed by MAYANK
KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 24 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

The cable tray shall be suspended from the ceiling slab with the help of 10mm dia
MS rounds or 25mm x 5mm flats at specified spacing as per of CPWD General Specification
of Electrical Work Part II -1994. Flat type suspenders may be used for channels upto 450mm
width bolted to cable trays. Round suspenders shall be threaded and bolted to the cable trays
or to independent support angles 50mm x 50mm x 5mm at the bottom end as specified.
These shall be grouted to the ceiling slab at the other end through an effective means, as
approved by the Engineer, to take the weight of the cable tray with the cables.

9.0 CONDUITING FOR TELEPHONE / FDA SYSTEM & WIRING FOR TELEPHONE OUTLET 9.1
GENERAL
Contractor shall supply & install conduit for outlet points for Telephone & FDA System complete as
required fish wire shall be provided in all conduits for facilitate wiring at later stage.
9.2 CONDUITING
Conduiting shall be carried out in PVC Conduit. Separate conduit shall be provided for Telephone.
Conduiting for FDA system shall be in M.S. conduit. Conduiting shall be carried out as per
clause No. 4.0 & 5.0 of this specification.
9.3 TELEPHONE WIRING
Each telephone outlet shall be wired in conduit with 0.50 mm dia annealed tinned copper conductor
PVC insulated and PVC sheathed unarmoured cable from floor-wise Telephone Tag Block.
Main Telephone tag block shall be fixed on ground floor. Floorwise tag block shall be wired
from Main telephone tag block with multi-paired armoured 0.50 mm dia annealed copper
conductor PVC insulated & PVC sheathed cables.
9.4 OUTLETS
All outlet boxes shall be modular plate type accessories. Cover plate shall match in shape & finish
with other light and power accessories. For telephone outlet RJ11 Jack outlets shall be
provided. For Data Networking & FDA, only outlet box shall be provided. Modular cover plate
& socket shall be covered under respective subhead of Data Networking & FDA system.
9.5 TELEPHONE DISTRIBUTION BOARD
Telephone Tag Block shall be fabricated from 1.63 mm thick M.S. Sheet duly powder coated
after metal treatment. Telephone Distribution Board shall be equipped with krone type tag
block of size as mentioned in BOQ. Tag block shall be double jumpering type and shall be
suitable for termination of extra pair provided in wiring/ cabling of each outlet. Box shall have
hinged cover and finish shall match with aesthetic finish of the building.
9.6 JUNCTION BOXES FOR FDA / TELEPHONE SYSTEM
Conduiting of outlet points shall terminate in a junction box in respective area. Junction box
shall be sufficient dimension or as per dimension in BOQ to accommodate all the conduits.
Junction box shall be of sheet steel of minimum 1.63mm thick and cover shall be of 3mm
thick phenolic laminated sheet fixed to junction box with brass screws.
10.0 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM
The contractor shall supply and install a complete Lightning Protection System in
accordance with CPWD General Specification for Electrical Works (Part I-Internal) -2023 and
IS 2309-1989.
The system shall consist of fixing of 20mm x 3mm galvanised iron strip on parapet wall as
horizontal conductor. Vertical drops shall be also of 20mm x
3mm G.I. Strip fixed to surface of the wall. Conductors shall be securely attached to the
building and shall be of galvanized steel with suitable precautions to avoid corrosion. Steel

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 25 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

thoroughly protected against corrosion by a zinc coating shall be used. The lightning
conductor shall be secured at not more than 1.2 meter apart for horizontal run and 1 meter
apart for vertical run.
Each vertical Down Conductor shall be provided with test joint clamp which shall be located
1 meter above outside ground level. From test joint 32mm x 6mm thick G.I. Strip shall be
fixed/laid upto earth electrode. Care shall be taken to have as few joints as possible in the
system. No joint shall be permitted below ground level. All joints shall be mechanically and
electrically effective.
Each vertical down conductor shall be connected to independent earth electrode. Earth
electrode shall be 600mm x 600mm x 6mm G.I. plate. Earth electrode shall be installed as
described in earthing specifications. The whole of the Lightning Protection System shall have
a combined resistance to earth not exceeding 10 ohms. Earthing shall be carried out as
described under "Earthing" section.

11.0 EARTHING 11.1 GENERAL

All the non-current metal parts of electrical installation shall earthed properly. All metal
conduits, Distribution boards, switch boxes, outlet boxes, and all other parts made of metal
shall be bonded together and connected by means of specified earthing conductors to an
efficient earthing system. Earthing work shall conform to Indian Standard specification IS:
3043-1987 and relevant Indian Electricity Rules 1956 ammended upto date.
11.2 EARTHING CONDUCTOR
Earthing conductor shall be of GI or copper and shall be protected against mechanical injury
or corrosion. Earth continuity conductor from distribution board onward upto outlet point shall
be of insulated copper conductor. Earth continuity conductor alongwith sub main from Main
/ Sub Distribution Board to final Distribution Board shall be insulated copper conductor.
Earthing continuity conductor between Sub Distribution Board shall be 25 x 5mm GI strip.
For UPS Earthing, earth continuity conductor shall be of copper.
11.3 SIZING OF EARTHING CONDUCTOR
Earthing conductor shall be of GI or copper and shall be protected against mechanical injury
or corrosion. Earth continuity conductor from distribution board onward upto outlet point shall
be of insulated copper conductor while earth continuity conductor from Sub Distribution Board
/ Rising Mains upto final distribution board (lighting & power) shall be of Insulated copper
wire. For 3 phase distribution boards / outlets shall have 2 earth continuity conductors while
single phase distribution boards outlets shall have one earth continuity conductor.
All 6Amp & 16Amp outlet points, switch boxes shall be earthed with 2.5 Sq.mm PVC insulated
(Green) copper wire. All outlets above 16Amp shall be provided with 4 sq.mm. PVC insulated
(Green) copper earth wire. Separate earth wire shall be drawn alongwith each circuit. Each
light / fan points shall be provided with 1.5 sqmm. PVC insulated (Green) copper earth wire.
Each circuit shall have separate earth wire.
11.4 PLATE EARTH ELECTRODE
Earthing shall be provided with copper/G.I plate electrode of following.
i. Copper Plate Electrode. : 600mm x 600mm x 3mm thick ii. G.I plate
Electrode : 600mm x 600mm x 6mm thick
The electrode shall be buried in ground with its faces vertical and not less 4.5metres below
ground level. 20mm dia medium class GI pipe shall be provided and attached to the
electrode.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 26 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

A funnel with mesh shall be provided on the top of this pipe for watering and earth electrode.
Earth electrode the watering funnel attachment shall be housed in masonry enclosure of not
less than 300 x 300 x 300mm deep. A precast RCC frame with cover shall be provided at
top of chamber. Earth electrode may not effect the column footing or foundation of the
building. In such cases electrode may be further away from the building.
11.5 PIPE EARTH ELECTRODE
GI pipe shall be of medium class 40mm dia and 4.5 metre in length. Galvanising of the pipe
shall conform to relevant Indian Standards. GI pipe electrode shall be cut tapered at the
bottom and provided with holes of 12mm dia drilled not less than 7.5cm from each other upto
2 metre of length from bottom. The electrode shall be buried in the ground vertical with its
top not less than 20cm below ground level as per detail enclosed. Earth electrode shall not
be situated less than 2 metres from the building. The location of the earth electrode will be
such that the soil has reasonable chance of remaining moist as far as possible. Masonry
chamber of size 300 x 300 x 300 mm shall be provided with water funnel arrangement a cast
iron or MS frame & cover having locking arrangement at the top. Pipe earth electrode shall
be used for earthing of Feeder pillar & external lighting poles.
11.6 ARTIFICIAL TREATMENT OF SOIL
If the earth resistance is too high and the multiple electrode earthing does not give adequate
low resistance to earth, then the soil receptivity immediately surrounding the earth electrodes
shall be reduced by addition of sodium chloride, calcium chloride, sodium carbonates copper
sulphate, salt and soft coke or charcoal in suitable proportions.
11.7 RESISTANCE TO EARTH
The resistance of earthing system shall not exceed 1 ohm.

Note: Items, which are not covered under the specifications, shall be executed; as per latest CPWD
specification and relevant IS codes or with specifications under the direction of engineer in charge.

Testing

It is made clear that cost of testing, cost of material for testing, all field apparatus required for sampling
and testing as per CPWD/IS codes and manpower incident to such testing will be provided along with
necessary transport arrangement to and fro to the approved testing agency or laboratory by the
Contractor during the construction phase of the work and defect liability period. The expenditure in
this regard shall be borne by the Contractor and nothing extra shall be payable by owner on this
account. Field laboratory with all the required apparatus and staffs shall be established by the
Contractor at site of work at his cost for carrying out field tests at stipulated frequencies.

Sampling and Testing

The Contractor or his accredited representative shall be present during sampling/testing and signify
his concurrence for sampling / testing carried out by signing the test records. The Contractor shall be
liable of all actions consequent to the test and their results as if he himself attended to the tests. The
Contractor is duly advised to be present himself for sampling and testing or in the alternative, have
fully qualified duly authorized Engineer for this purpose.

-0-0-0-

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 27 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR

SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING & COMMISSIONING OF 11/0.433KV
INDOOR/OUTDOOR ELECTRIC SUBSTATION AND OTHER ASSOCIATED INTERNAL &
EXTERNAL ELECTRICAL WORKS

1.0 GENERAL

1.1 The work under the contract shall be carried out in accordance with the schedule of items of
work, the particular specifications drawings forming part of this tender document, and the general
conditions and other provisions of the tender.

1.2 The work in general shall be carried out as per latest CPWD specifications New Delhi for
Electrical & Civil Works unless otherwise specified in the nomenclature of the individual
item or in the particular specifications of concerned items of works.

1.3 For items not covered under latest CPWD specification, for (Electrical & Civil Works) and
in particular specification or nomenclature of the individual item as above, the work shall
be done as per latest relevant BIS codes of practice.

1.4 In case of non availability of any specification in the above paras or any overlapping
provisions, non-clarity on any issue, applicability of particular provision out of above,
shall be decided by Engineer-in-Charge whose decision shall be final & binding on the
contractor.

1.5 The contractor is responsible for executing and completing the work in accordance with the
specified standards and specification. Execution of Electrical quality control is intended to
provide a comprehensive common and consistent framework of quality control which is
comprised of two main elements.
• Testing
Digitally signed by MAYANK
KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 28 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

• Inspection

1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for the types of test to be carried out, frequency of
testing and stage of testing as directed by Engineer-in-charge or as stipulated in Indian
Standards CPWD Specifications for electrical and civil works. The cost of all these tests
shall deemed to be included in the item rates quoted by the contractor.

All test samples should be preserved, with proper identification, test log reference, test date
and other applicable information. These samples must be stored on site by the contractor. In
addition to tests performed on site, the contractor is responsible for specialized tests which are
performed by manufacturers or third parties during the manufacturing of various materials and
equipment components, to be incorporated in the works.

1.7 The Substation works shall be carried out in accordance with Indian Standard Code of
Practice for Electrical Wiring Installation IS: 732-1989 and IS: 2274-1963. Electrical
Installation work shall also be in conformity with National Electrical Code with upto date
amendments. All Electrical work shall be carried out in accordance with the provision of
Indian Electricity Act 1910 & Indian Electricity Rules 1956 amended upto date. The work
shall also conform to Indian Standard Code of Practice for the type of work involved. It
shall also be in conformity with regulations and requirements of the Local Electricity Supply
Authority and Fire Insurance regulations so far as these become applicable to the
installation. Electrical work shall be carried out as per following CPWD general
Specifications for Electrical Works.
Part I - Internal Work - 2023.
Part IV - Substation Work - 2013.
1.8 Wherever this Tender Specifications call for a higher standard of material and or
workmanship than those required by any of the above mentioned regulations and
specifications then the particular specifications given here under shall take precedence over
the said regulations and standards.
1.9 The work shall be executed and measured as per the dimensions given in the Bill of
Quantities. Drawings, Designs, Specifications etc. The abbreviations used shall mean as
under:-
// - Inch (25.4mm)
/ - Foot (12 inches or 30.48 cms)
Sq.Ft. - Square Feet
Sq.Mt (M2) - Square Metre.
Cu. Ft. - Cubic Feet.
Cum (M3) - Cubic Metre.
Kg. - Kilograms (Equivalent to 1000 gms)
T.(M.T.) - Tonne (Equivalent to 1000 Kgs.)
No. - Numbers.
Cm. - Centimetre.
M or R.M. - Metre or Running Metre.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 29 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

10.0 CABLE TRAY

10.1 PERFORATED TYPE CABLE TRAY
The cable tray shall be fabricated out of slotted/perforated MS sheets as channel sections,
single or double bended. The channel sections shall be supplied in convenient lengths and
assembled at site to the desired lengths. These may be galvanised or painted as specified.
Typically, the dimensions, fabrication details etc. are shown in CPWD General Specification
for Electrical Works Part-II-External.
The jointing between the sections shall be made with coupler plates of the same material and
thickness as the channel section. Two coupler plates, each of minimum 200mm length, shall
be bolted on each of the two sides of the channel section with 8mm dia round headed bolts,
nuts and washers. In order to maintain proper earth continuity bond, the paint on the contact
surface between the coupler plates and cable tray shall be scraped and removed before the
installation.
The maximum permissible uniformly distributed load for various sizes of cable trays and for
different supported span are as per Table-IV. The sizes shall be specified considering the
same.
Factory fabricated bends, reducers, tee/cross junctions, etc. shall be provided as per good
engineering practice. (Details are typically shown in figure-3) of CPWD General
Specifications of Electrical Work Part-II – 1994. The radius of bends, junctions etc. shall not
be less than the minimum permissible radius of bending of the largest size of cable to be
carried by the cable tray.
The entire tray (except in the case of galvanised type) and the suspenders shall be painted
with two coats of red oxide primer paint after removing the dirt and rust, and finished with
two coats of spray paint of approved make synthetic enamel paint.
10.2 LADDER TYPE CABLE TRAY
Ladder type cable tray shall be fabricated out of double bended channel section longitudinal
members with single bended channel section rungs of cross members welded to the base of
the longitudinal members at a centre to centre spacing of 250mm. The channel sections shall
be supplied in convenient lengths and assembled at side to the desired lengths. These may
be galvanised or painted to the desired lengths. Alternatively, where specified, the cable tray
may be fabricated by two angle irons of 50mm x 50mm x 6mm as two longitudinal members,
with crosses bracings between them by 50mm x 5mm flats welded/bolted to the angles at 1
m spacing.
Typically, the dimensions, fabrication details etc. are shown in CPWD
General Specification for Electrical Works - Part II -External, 1994.
The jointing between the sections shall be made with coupler plates of the same material and
thickness as the channel section. Two coupler plates, each of minimum 200mm length, shall
be bolted on each of the two sides of the channel section with 8mm dia round headed bolts,
nuts and washers. In order to maintain proper earth continuity bond, the paint on the contact
surfaces between the coupler plates and cable tray shall be scraped and removed before the
installation.
The maximum permissible uniformly distributed load for various sizes of cables trays and for
different supported span are as per CPWD General Specification of Electrical Work Part II -
1994. The sizes shall be specified considering the same.
The width of the cable tray shall be chosen so as to accommodate all the cable in one tier,
plus 30 to 50% additional width for future expansion. This additional width shall be minimum
100mm. The overall width of one cable tray shall be limited to 900mm.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 30 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Factory fabricated bends, reducers, tee/cross junctions, etc. shall be provided as per good
engineering practice. Details are typically shown in figure 3 of CPWD General Specification
of Electrical Work Part-II-1994. The radius of bends, junctions etc. shall not be less than the
minimum permissible radius of bending of the largest size of cable to be carried by the cable
tray.
The entire tray (except in the case of galvanised type) and the suspenders shall be painted
with two coats of red oxide primer paint after removing the dirt and rust, and finished with two
coats of spray paint of approved make synthetic enamel paint.
The cable tray shall be bonded to the earth Terminal of the switch bonds at both ends.
The cable trays shall be measured on unit length basis, along the center line of the cable tray,
including bends, reducers, tees, cross joints, etc, and paid for accordingly.
The cable tray shall be suspended from the ceiling slab with the help of 10mm dia MS rounds
or 25mm x 5mm flats at specified spacing as per of CPWD General Specification of Electrical
Work Part II -1994. Flat type suspenders may be used for channels upto 450mm width bolted
to cable trays. Round suspenders shall be threaded and bolted to the cable trays or to
independent support angles 50mm x 50mm x 5mm at the bottom end as specified. These
shall be grouted to the ceiling slab at the other end through an effective means, as approved
by the Engineer, to take the weight of the cable tray with the cables.

13.0 EARTHING 13.1 GENERAL

Earthing of Substation equipment shall be carried out in conformity with IS 30431987, Indian
Electricity Rules and CPWD specification.
13.2 EARTHING OF NON CURRENT CARRYING METAL PARTS OF SUBSTATION
EQUIPMENT (BODY EARTHING).
Body earthing of Substation equipment like 11KV VCB Panel Board, Transformer, Main L.T.
Panel, Capacitor Panel etc. shall be through a common grid formed in the Substation Building.
Each equipment shall be connected with two independent earth conductors to earth bar located
in respective area. Each earth bar shall be connected to Earth Grid by two independent earth
conductors. Earthing Grid shall be directly connected to number of earth electrodes as shown
on drawing. Earthing electrode shall be 600 x 600 x 6mm thick G.I plate
(existing).
13.3 NEUTRAL EARTHING OF EQUIPMENT
Neutral terminals of Transformers shall be earthed independently. Each neutral terminal shall
be earthed with two independent earth electrode. Earth electrode shall be 600 x 600 x 3mm
thick copper plate. Earthing conductor shall be 25mm x 5mm copper. Earthing conductor in
ground shall be in G.I. pipe whereas inside building shall be on SMC insulator on surface.
13.4 EARTHING CONDUCTOR FOR SUB-STATION EQUIPMENT
Earthing conductor shall be G.I. Earthing conductor from earth electrode to earth bar shall
be of 25mm x 5mm G.I. Strip. G.I. Strip laid in ground shall be protected with G.I. pipe
whereas inside the building shall be on SMC insulator on surface. Body earthing of each
equipment like H.T. Panel, Transformer, Capacitor Panel, Main L.T. Panel (Normal Supply),
Main L.T. Panel (Essential Supply), other electrical equipment / Panel shall be done with 2
No. 25mm x 5mm G.I. strip.
13.5 PLATE EARTH ELECTRODE
Earthing shall be provided with copper/G.I plate electrode of following.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 31 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

i. Copper Plate Electrode. : 600mm x 600mm x 3mm thick ii. G.I plate
Electrode : 600mm x 600mm x 6mm thick
The electrode shall be buried in ground with its faces vertical and not less 4.5metres below
ground level. 20mm dia medium class GI pipe shall be provided and attached to the
electrode.
A funnel with mesh shall be provided on the top of this pipe for watering and earth electrode.
Earth electrode the watering funnel attachment shall be housed in masonary enclosure of not
less than 300 x 300 x 300mm deep. A precast RCC frame with cover shall be provided at
top of chamber. Earth electrode may not effect the column footing or foundation of the
building. In such cases electrode may be further away from the building.
13.6 ARTIFICAL TREATMENT OF SOIL
If the earth resistance is too high and the multiple electrode earthing does not give adequate
low resistance to earth, then the soil resistivity immediately surrounding the earth electrodes
shall be reduced by addition of sodium chloride, calcium chloride, sodium carbonates copper
sulphate, salt and soft coke or charcoal in suitable proportions.

13.7 RESISTANCE TO EARTH

The resistance of earthing system shall not exceed 1 ohm.

Note: Items, which are not covered under the specifications, shall be executed; as per latest CPWD
specification and relevant IS codes or with specifications under the direction of engineer in charge.

Testing

It is made clear that cost of testing, cost of material for testing, all field apparatus required for sampling
and testing as per CPWD/IS codes and manpower incident to such testing will be provided along with
necessary transport arrangement to and fro to the approved testing agency or laboratory by the
Contractor during the construction phase of the work and defect liability period. The expenditure in
this regard shall be borne by the Contractor and nothing extra shall be payable by owner on this
account. Field laboratory with all the required apparatus and staffs shall be established by the
Contractor at site of work at his cost for carrying out field tests at stipulated frequencies.

Sampling and Testing

The Contractor or his accredited representative shall be present during sampling/testing and signify
his concurrence for sampling / testing carried out by signing the test records. The Contractor shall be
liable of all actions consequent to the test and their results as if he himself attended to the tests. The
Contractor is duly advised to be present himself for sampling and testing or in the alternative, have
fully qualified duly authorized Engineer for this purpose.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Signature of Contractor Page 32 of 32 Signature
Date: of NBCC
2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 NBCC(INDIA)LIMITED

Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA

VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
PLUMBING WORKS

INDEX
Digitally signed by MAYANK
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

SRNO DESCRIPTION PAGE NO.

1.0 GENERAL CONDITION OF CONTRACT 3–5

2.0 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 6–7

3.0 SANITARY FIXTURES & CP FITTINGS 9 – 13

4.0 SOIL, WASTE, VENT & RAIN WATER PIPES/BASEMENT 14 – 19

DRAINAGE

5.0 WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM (COLD AND HOT) 20 – 36

6.0 EXTERNAL DRAINAGE (SEWERS & STORM WATER) 37 – 46

7.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING 47 – 49

8.0 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS BY CONTRACTOR 50 – 52

9.0 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 53

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
1.0 SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT:

1.1 Contract:

1.1.1 These Special Conditions shall be considered as an extension and not as limitation of the
obligations of the Contractor.
1.1.2 The said contract comprises furnishing of all labour, materials, equipment and transportation
and to do all things necessary to provide a complete installation in full working order
including all that is reasonably inferred as necessary to the proposed construction,
completion and putting in operation of a system of the type and extent described in the
drawings and specifications, including any necessary adjustment or correction. The work
shall be complete in every respect, including painting. All necessary precautions shall be
taken against damage from leakage and condensation. The installation shall be tested and
approved, satisfactory to the Engineer-in-Charge and in accordance with local laws
covering the installation of the type and extent described in the drawings and
specifications.
1.1.3 The contractor shall provide without any extra charge all items whether specifically mentioned
or not but which are usual or required to make a complete working plant and to ensure
safe and satisfactory operation. All apparatus, appliance, materials or labour which may
be necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent or purposes of these
Signature of Contractor Page 2 of 52 Signature of NBCC
Digitally signed by MAYANK
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

specifications shall be considered to be in the scope of work and shall be furnished without
extra charges, as if fully described and called for in these specifications and/or shown on
plans. In case of doubt, the Tenderer shall clearly point out his interpretation of
specifications and drawings.

1.1.4 The Contractors shall include in their tender, sales tax, octroi or any other charges or
fees leviable by the local authority and it shall be assumed that the Contractor’s rates cover
all such taxes and no separate claim for these shall be entertained.
1.1.5 Time shall be considered as the essence of the Contract. The Contractor shall agree to
commence and complete the work as provided in the Time schedule for procurement and
installation in the conditions of the contract.

1.2 Drawings and Literature:

1.2.1 Before proceeding with the work, the Contractor shall submit for approval, general layout and
assembly drawings and such additional assembly and sub-assembly detailed drawings as
necessary to demonstrate fully that all parts of the apparatus to be furnished will conform
to the Specifications.
1.2.2 The Contractor shall furnish for check and scrutiny three (3) advance sets of prints of the layout,
assembly and erection drawings as per the Bar Chart prepared by Contractor and approved
by Engineer-in-Charge. Six (6) final sets of drawings incorporating the modifications
suggested in advance copies by Engineer-in-Charge shall be made in the drawings after
they have been approved by the Engineer-in-Charge without his prior consent.
1.2.3 All drawings necessary for assembly, erection, maintenance, repair and operation of the
equipment shall be furnished. Different parts shall be suitably numbered for
identification and ordering of spare parts.
1.2.4 Approval of drawings by the Engineer-in-Charge shall not relieve the Contractor of any part of
his obligation to meet all the requirements of the contract or of the correctness of his
drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for and pay for all alterations of the works
due to discrepancies or omissions in the drawings or other particulars supplied by him
whether such drawings have been approved by the Engineer-in-Charge or not.
1.2.5 After approval of the drawings, the Contractor shall furnish a set of tracings of the approved
drawings.
1.2.6 Six copies of a comprehensive manual for use by the Owner/ Engineer-in-Charge before and
during erection and subsequent operation and maintenance of the plant shall also be
furnished after approval of the Contract drawings.
1.2.7 Drawings have been prepared by the Consultant showing the area allocated for equipments. The
machine room and equipment layout as shown on the drawings represent a feasible
scheme. Apparatus may be re-arranged in the space allocated subject to approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
1.2.8 These drawings are not meant as working Drawings. The Contractor shall prepare working
drawings and get them approved by the Engineer-in-Charge in sets as specified above.
1.2.9 The Tenderer shall point out all deviations from the drawings and specifications in their
Tenders.
1.2.10 Drawings are made on the basis of Indian make equipment/material. The Contractor shall
ensure that imported equipment / material shall fit in the space provided in the layout.
1.3 Guarantee:

Signature of Contractor Page 3 of 52 Signature of NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

1.3.1 The Contractor shall guarantee that all equipment shall be free from any defect due to
defective materials and/or bad workmanship and that the equipment shall operate
satisfactorily. The performance and efficiencies of the equipment, individually and as
a whole shall be valid for a period of twelve (12) months after taking over and issue
of certificate of virtual completion. Any parts found defective shall be replaced free of
all costs by the Contractor. This period shall be known as the Defects Liability Period and
shall be reckoned from the date the Engineer-in-Charge certifies the virtual completion of
the installation. The services of the Contractor's personnel if requisitioned during this
period of rectification of any defect shall be made available free of any cost to the
Engineer-in-Charge.

1.3.2 If the defects be not remedied within a reasonable time the Engineer-in-Charge may proceed
to do so at the contractor's risk and expense without prejudice to any other right.

1.3.3 The Contractor shall guarantee the installation as specified in the Specifications and the
drawings.
1.3.4 The Contractor shall also guarantee that the performance of various equipments, individually,
shall not be less than the specified ratings when working under the operating conditions
given for the respective items.
1.4 Maintenance & Training:

1.4.1 The Contractor shall without any extra cost carry out for a period of 12 (Twelve)
months after the installation is taken over by the Owner all routine and special
maintenance of the plant and attend to any difficulties and defects that may arise in
the operation of the plant.
1.4.2 The Contractor shall associate with him during the erection and during the defects liability
period, the Owner's maintenance staff to familiarize them with the operation and
maintenance of the plant.
1.4.3 If required by the Engineer-in-Charge the contractor shall agree to train members of the
Owner's maintenance staff either at his or the sub-contractor's work or at such other place
or places as may be considered suitable by the Engineer-in-Charge.
1.5 Rejection of Defective Plant:

1.5.1 If the completed plant or any portion thereof, before it is taken over, or during the defects
liability period, be found defective, or fails to fulfill the intent of these specifications, the
Contractor shall on receipt of notice from the Engineer-in-Charge forthwith make
defective plant good. Should he fail to do so within a time considered reasonable by the
Engineer-in-Charge, the Owner may reject and replace at the risk and expense of the
Contractor the whole or any portion of the plant, which is defective or fails to fulfill the
requirements of the Contract.

1.5.2 The Owner shall have the right to operate all equipments if in operating condition, whether
or not such equipments have been accepted as complete and satisfactory.
Repairs and alterations shall be made at such times-directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
1.6 Inspection and Testing:

1.6.1 The Engineer-in-Charge or his authorised representative shall have full power to inspect
the materials and workmanship of the plant at the Contractor's works or at any place from
which the material or equipment is obtained. Acceptance of any material or equipment
shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for meeting the requirements
of the specifications.
1.6.2 Routine and type tests for the various items of equipment shall be performed at the
Signature of Contractor Page 4 of 52 Signature of NBCC
Digitally signed by MAYANK
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Contractor’s works and tests certificate furnished, If required by the Engineer-in-Charge,

the Contractor shall permit the Owner's authorised representative to be present during any
of the tests. After installation has been virtually completed, the Contractor shall carry out
under the direction and in the presence of the Engineer-in-Charge such tests and inspection
as have been specified, or as the Engineer-in-Charge shall consider necessary to determine
whether or not the full intent of the requirements of the plans and specifications have been
fulfilled. In case the work does not meet the full intent of the specifications and further
tests are considered necessary, the Contractor shall carry them out and bear the expenses
thereof.

2.0 GENERAL DESCRIPTION:

2.1 Scope:

2.1.1 These specifications together with the Engineer’s complete with site plans cover the Plumbing
for the entire building.
2.2 Extent of Work:

2.2.1 Supply, laying, testing and commissioning of under mentioned items shall form a part of
contractor’s scope of work.
a) Sanitary Fixtures & CP Fittings
b) Soil, Waste, Vent & Rain Water Pipes
c) Water Supply System (Cold and Hot)
d) External Drainage (Sewers & Storm Water)
2.2.2 This specification states the requirements for the supplying, assembling, fixing in position,
connecting, inspecting, testing and leaving in working order new, modified or additional
Plumbing installations.
2.2.3 The work shall comprise the whole of labour and unless otherwise indicated all the materials
necessary to form a ‘complete installation’ and such tests, adjustments and
commissioning as are prescribed in subsequent clauses and as may otherwise be required
to give an effective working installation to satisfaction of the Engineer-inCharge.
2.2.4 The words ‘complete installation’ shall mean not only the items of Plumbing equipment
conveyed by these specifications, but all the incidental sundry components necessary for
the complete execution of works and for proper operation of the installation, whether or
not these sundry components are mentioned in detail in tender documents issued in
connection with the contract.
2.2.5 Adequate protection of equipment during transit shall be provided by manufacturers and the
contractor shall ensure adequate protection on site. The contractor shall advise the
Engineer-in-Charge of any damage that occurs to equipment including finishes and shall
carry out repairs as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
2.3 Drawings:

2.3.1 Drawings have been prepared by the consultants, for all the above items of work. The tenderer
shall submit his quotation strictly in accordance with these specifications and drawings.
2.3.2 Drawings and documents shall be provided by the consultant. The rearrangement of the
equipments shall be done by the Contractor with the approval of Engineer-in-Charge if
necessary. The shop drawings shall be prepared by the Contractor in accordance with
section “DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS BY CONTRACTOR” and got them
approved by the consultant or Engineer-in-Charge.
2.4 Regulations:
Signature of Contractor Page 5 of 52 Signature of NBCC
Digitally signed by MAYANK
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

2.4.1 Each installation shall comply with all the relevant statutory requirements and regulations
including the following:
a) Regulations under the Plumbing Norms:
b) Factories Acts and Regulations:

c) Health and Safety at work etc. Act and regulations:

d) ‘Regulations for Plumbing Installations’ issued by the National Building Code of India.
2.5 Standards:

2.5.1 The complete installation shall comply with all relevant Indian Standards, Indian Codes
of Practice, where indicated, with other Standards and specifications and all amendments
thereto. The relevant issues shall be those current three months before the date for return
of tender, unless alternative dates are indicated.
2.5.2 Where practicable, each item of equipment shall be clearly and indelibly marked to
indicate the standard with which it complies. Alternatively a certificate of compliance
shall be provided.
2.5.3 Where equipment or services are indicated to be manufactured or provided under a
particular certification, licencing or quality assurance scheme, the manufacturer or
supplier shall be a current participant in the relevant scheme. A certificate of compliance
shall be provided.

2.5.4 Equipment not manufactured in the India shall be of a standard, which ensures its
compliance with all appropriate IS Standards.
2.6 Approval:

2.6.1 The Engineer-in-Charge’s approval shall not relieve the contractor of his contractual
responsibilities and obligations. The contractor shall be responsible for discrepancies,
errors or omissions on drawings or other documentation supplied by him, whether they
have been approved by the Engineer-in-Charge or not due to incorrect information given
in writing by the Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring
that equipment complies with the specified requirements.

‫٭٭٭ ٭‬

Signature of Contractor Page 6 of 52 Signature of NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

3.0 SANITARY FIXTURES & CP FITTINGS

3.1 SCOPE OF WORK :

3.1.1 Work under this section shall consist of furnishing all material and labour necessary and
required to completely install all sanitary fixtures, chromium plated fittings and
accessories as required by the drawings specified hereinafter and given in the Schedule
of Quantities.

Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing the sanitary fixtures & C.P. fittings
shall include the following: a) Sanitary fixtures

b) Chromium plated fittings

c) Stainless steel sinks

Signature of Contractor Page 7 of 52 Signature of NBCC
Digitally signed by MAYANK
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

d) Accessories e.g toilet paper holders, coat hook, dispenser etc.

e) Mirror
3.1.3 Whether specifically mentioned or not all fixtures and appliances shall be provided with
all fixing devices, nuts, bolts, screws, hangers as required.

3.1.4 All exposed pipes within toilets and near fixtures shall be chromium plated brass or copper
unless otherwise specified.

3.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS :

3.2.1 All materials shall be new and of best quality confirming to specification and subject to
the approval of the Architect/Consultants. Wherever particular makes are mentioned, the
choice of selection shall remain with the Owner/Architect.
3.2.2 Sanitary fixtures shall be of the best quality approved by the Owner/Architect. Wherever
particular makes are mentioned, the choice of selection shall remain with the
Owner/Architect.
3.2.3 All Appliances, fixtures and fittings shall be provided with all such accessories as are
required to complete the item in working condition whether specifically mentioned or not
in the Schedule of Quantities, specifications, drawings. Accessories shall include proper
fixing arrangement, brackets, nuts, bolts, screws and required connection pieces.
3.2.4 Fixing screws shall be half round head chromium plated brass screws with C.P. washers
where necessary.
3.2.5 Porcelain sanitary ware shall be glazed vitreous china of first quality free from warps,
cracks and glazing defects confirming to I.S. 2556.
3.2.6 Sinks for pantry or kitchen shall be stainless steel or as specified in the schedule of
quantities.
3.2.7 Chromium plated fittings shall be cast brass chromium plated of the best quality approved
by the Owner/Architects.

Signature of Contractor Page 8 of 52 Signature of NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

3.2.8 All Appliances, fittings and fixtures shall be fixed in a neat workmanlike manner true to
level and heights shown on the drawings and in accordance with the manufacturers
recommendations. Care shall be taken to fix all inlet and outlet pipes at correct positions.
Faulty locations shall be made good and any damage to the finished floor, Filling Plaster,
Paint, insulation or terrace shall be made good by the Contractor at his own cost.
3.2.9 Sanitary appliances, subject to the type of appliance and specific requirements, shall be
fixed in accordance with the relevant standards and the following :
a) Contractor shall, during the entire period of installation and afterwards protect
the appliances by providing suitable cover or any other protection so as to
absolutely prevent any damage to the appliances until handing over. (The original
protective wrapping shall be left in position for as long as possible).
b) The appliance shall be fixed in a manner such that it will facilitate subsequent
removal if necessary.

c) All appliances shall be securely fixed. Manufacturers’ brackets and fixing

methods shall be used wherever possible. Compatible rust - proofed fixings shall
be used. Fixing shall be done in a manner that minimizes noise transmission.
d) Pipe connections shall be made with demountable unions. Pipe work shall not be
fixed in a manner that it supports or partially supports an appliance.
e) Appliances shall be fixed so that water falls to the outlet.
f) Appliances shall be fixed true to level firmly fixed to anchor or supports provided
by the manufacturer and additional anchors or supports where necessary.
3.2.10 Sizes of Sanitary fixtures given in the Specifications or in the Schedule of Quantities are for
identification with reference to the catalogues of makes considered. Dimensions of
similar models of other makes may vary within + 10% and the same shall be provided
and no claim for extra payment shall be entertained nor shall any payment be deducted
on this account.

3.3 EUROPEAN WATER CLOSET :

a) WC shall be single or double syphonic wash down type floor/ wall mounted set,
as shown in the drawings, flushed by means of a flushing cistern.

b) Each W.C. set shall be provided with a solid plastic seat of colour given in the
schedule of quantities, rubber buffers and chromium plated hinges. Plastic seat
shall be so fixed that it remains absolutely stationary in vertical position without
falling down on the W.C.
c) Flush pipe/bend shall be connected to the Water Closet by means of suitable
rubber adapter.
d) Wall hung Water Closet shall be supported by C.I. chair.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 9 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

3.4 URINALS :
3.4.1 Urinals shall be lipped type half stall white glazed vitreous china of best quality and size
as mentioned in the Schedule of Quantities.
3.4.2 Half stall urinals shall be provided with 15 mm dia C.P. spreader, 32 mm dia C.P. domical
waste and C.P. cast brass bottle trap with pipe and wall flange and shall be fixed to wall
by C.I. brackets, C.I. wall clips and CP brass screws as recommended by manufacturer
complete as directed by Architect/Consultants.
Flushing for urinals shall be by means of manual operation by angle valve. Each urinal shall be
provided with one angle valve.

Flush pipes shall be cPVC pipes concealed in wall chase but with chromium plated bends at inlet
and outlet or as given in Schedule of Quantities. These shall be measured and paid for
separately.
G.I. waste pipes shall be provided for urinals wash basin, bath waste and sink.

3.5 WASH HAND BASIN :

3.5.1 Wash basins shall be coloured or white glazed vitreous china of best quality, size, shape
and type specified in the Schedule of Quantities.
3.5.2 Each basin shall be provided with painted MS angle or CI brackets and clips and the basin
securely fixed to wall. Placing of basins over the brackets without secure fixing shall not
be accepted. The MS angle shall be provided with two coats of red oxide primer and two
coats of synthetic enamel paint of make, brand and colour as approved by the
Architect/Consultants.
3.5.3 Each basin shall be provided with 32 mm dia C.P. waste of standard pattern with popup
waste or rubber plug and chain as specified in the Schedule of Quantities, 32 mm dia C.P.
brass bottle trap and angle valve with C.P pipe to wall and flange as given in the schedule
of quantities.
3.5.4 Each basin shall be provided with single hole hot & cold mixing fitting or CP Taps as
specified in the Schedule of Quantities.
3.5.5 Basins shall be fixed at proper heights as shown on drawings. If height is not specified,
the rim level shall be 79 cms or as directed by Architect/Consultants.
3.6 SINKS :
3.6.1 Sinks shall be white glazed fireclay or vitreous china or stainless steel or any other
material as specified in the Schedule of Quantities.
3.6.2 Each sink shall be provided with M.S. or C.I. brackets and clips and securely fixed.
Counter top sinks shall be fixed with suitable painted angle iron brackets or clips as
recommended by the manufacturer. Each sink shall be provided with 40 mm dia C.P.
waste with china and rubber plug with CP Brass chain as given in the Schedule of
Quantities. The MS Angle shall be provided with two coats of red oxide primer and two
coats of synthetic enamel paint of make, brand and colour as approved by the
Architect/Consultants.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 10 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

3.6.3 Each sink shall be provided with hot and cold mixing fittings or CP taps as specified in
the schedule of quantities.
3.7 SOAP DISPENSER
3.7.1 Soap dispenser shall be of CP brass with glass / SS bottle of approved make & colour or as
specified in BIU & Quantity.
3.8 SOAP DISH
3.8.1 Soap Dish shall be of CP brass / SS of approved make & colour or as specified in BIU &
Quantity
3.9 ROBE HOOK
3.9.1 Robe Hook shall be CP brass powder coated /SS heavy duty of approve make & colour or as
specified in BIU & Quantity.
3.10 MIRRORS :
3.10.1 Mirrors shall be electro coated copper 5.5mm thick of approved make. The size shall be
as specified in the Schedule of Quantities or as shown on the drawings. The image shall
be clear and without waviness at all angles of vision.
3.10.2 Mirrors shall be provided with backing of 12mm thick marine plywood or 6mm thick
cement asbestos sheet fixed with CP brass semi round headed screws and cup washers
or CP brass clamps as specified or instructed by Architect/Consultants.
3.11 TOILET PAPER HOLDER :
3.11.1 Toilet paper holder shall be of CP brass, powder coated/S.S. heavy duty of approved make and
colour or as specified in Bill of Quantities.
3.12 TOWEL RAIL :
3.12.1 Towel rail shall be of C.P. brass with reinforced bends and circular flanges. The size of the rail
shall be as specified. The brackets shall be fixed by means of CP brass screws to wooden
cleats firmly embedded in the wall.
3.13 HAND DRIER :
3.13.1 The hand drier shall be no touch operating type with solid state time delay to allow user
to keep hand in any position.
3.13.2 The hand drier shall be fully hygienic, rated for continuous repeat use (CRU).
3.13.3 The rating of hand drier shall be such that time required to dry a pair of hands up to wrists
is approximately 30 seconds.
3.13.4 The hand drier shall be of wall mounting type suitable for 230V, single phase, 50 Hz, AC
power supply.
3.14 TOILETS FOR DISABLED :
3.14.1 Where specified in washroom facilities designed to accommodate physically
handicapped, accessories should be provided as directed by the Project Manager.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 11 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

3.14.2 Stainless steel grab bars of required size suitable for concealed or exposed mounting and
non-slip gripping surface shall be provided in all washrooms to be used by physically
handicapped as directed by the Project Manager.

3.15 ACCESSORIES :
3.15.1 All C.P. bib taps and Angle valves shall be quarter turn-type washerless fittings. The angle
valve shall be provided with stainless steel mesh filter.
3.15.2 Contractor shall install all chromium plated stainless steel and powder coated accessories
as shown on the drawings or directed by Architect/Consultants and given in the Schedule
of Quantities.
3.15.3 All C.P. accessories shall be fixed with C.P. brass half round head screws and cut washers
in wall with rawl plugs or nylon sleeves and shall include cutting and making good as
required or directed by Architect/Consultants.
3.15.4 Joints/ gaps between all sanitary appliances/fixtures and the floor/ walls shall be caulked
with an approved mildew resistant sealant, having anti-fungal properties, of colour and
shade to match that of the appliance/ fixture and the floor/ wall to the extent possible.
3.16 TESTING :
All appliances, fixtures and fittings shall be tested before and after installation. Water seals of all
appliances shall be tested. The Contractor shall block the ends of waste and ventilation
pipes and shall conduct an air test with a pressure of 38mm water gauge for minimum of
3 minutes in accordance with BS:5572.
3.17 MEASUREMENT :
3.17.1 Sanitary fixtures shall be measured by numbers.

3.17.2 Rate for providing and fixing of sanitary fixtures, accessories shall include all items, and
operations stated in the respective specifications and Schedule of Quantities and nothing
extra is payable.

3.17.3 Rates for all items under specifications paras above shall be inclusive of cutting holes and
chases and making good the same, C.P. brass screws, nuts, bolts and any fixing
arrangements required and recommended by manufacturers, testing and commissioning
etc. complete.
3.17.4 Mirrors shall be measured on surface area basis in sqm/Nos.
4.0 SOIL, WASTE, VENT & RAIN WATER PIPES/BASEMENT DRAINAGE

4.0 SCOPE OF WORK :

4.1 Work under this section shall consist of furnishing all labour, materials, equipments and
appliances necessary and required to completely install all soil, waste, vent, Rain water
pipes, drainage sump riser and fittings as required by the drawings and given in the
Schedule of Quantities.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 12 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

4.2 Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing, the soil, waste, vent pipe rain water
system shall include the following :-
a) Horizontal and Vertical CI soil, waste and vent pipes, and fittings, Drip seal joint,
clamps and connection to fixtures.
b) Floor and Urinal traps, Floor Drain, Cleanout Plugs, G.I. inlet fittings and CP
brass/stainless steel grating.
c) Waste pipe connection from all fixtures e.g wash basins, sinks, urinals, kitchen
equipments and plant room equipment.
d) ‘uPVC Rain’ water pipes ‘GI’ Drainage & Sump Pump Riser.
e) GI sump vent pipe and fittings.
4.2 GENERAL :
4.2.1 All materials shall be new of the best quality conforming to IS codes and specifications
and subject to the approval of Consultants.
4.2.2 Pipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical, horizontal or in slopes as required in a neat
workman like manner.

4.2.3 Pipes shall be fixed in a manner as to provided easy accessibility for repair and
maintenance and shall not cause obstruction in shafts, passages etc.

4.2.4 Pipes shall be securely fixed to walls and ceilings by suitable clamps at intervals
specified.
4.2.5 Access doors for fittings and cleanouts shall be so located that they are easily accessible
for repair and maintenance.
4.2.6 All work shall be executed as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
4.3 TRAPS :
4.3.1 Floor Trap:

Floor trap shall be cast iron, deep seal with an effective seal of 50 mm. The trap and waste pipes shall
be set in cement concrete blocks of size 300mm x 300mm and of required depth, firmly
supported on the structural floor. The blocks shall be in 1:2:4 mix (1 cement:2 coarse:4
stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) and extended to 40mm below finished floor level.
Contractor shall provide all necessary shuttering and centering for the blocks at no extra
cost.

4.3.2 Urinal Trap :

Urinal traps shall be cast iron P or S traps with or without vent and set in cement concrete block
specified under Clause 3.1 Floor Trap without extra charge.
4.3.3 Floor Trap Inlet/GI Inlet Fitting :

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 13 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Traps and connections shall ensure free and silent flow of discharging water. Where specified,
Contractor shall provide a special type cast iron or G.I. inlet hopper without or with one
or two or three inlet sockets to receive the waste pipe. Joint between G.I. waste pipe and
hopper inlet socket shall be Drip seal joint. Hopper shall be connected to a CI ‘P’ or ‘S’
trap with at least 50mm seal (hopper and traps shall be paid for separately). Floor trap
inlet hoppers and the traps shall be set in cement concrete blocks as specified under clause
3.1 Floor trap above without extra charge.
4.4 CP/S.S. GRATING :
Floor and Urinal Traps, Floor drain shall be provided with 80-125 mm square or round C.P./stainless
steel grating with rim of approved design and shape. Minimum thickness shall be 4 mm
or as specified in the Schedule of Quantities.
4.5 CLEAN OUT PLUGS :
4.5.1 Contractor shall provide cast brass clean out plugs as required. Clean out plugs shall be threaded
and provided with key holes for opening. Clean out plugs shall be fixed to the pipe by a
GI socket and lead caulked joint.

4.6 WASTE PIPE FROM APPLIANCES :

4.6.1 Waste pipe from appliances e.g. wash basins, sinks and urinals etc. shall be of GI pipes as given
in the Schedule of Quantities.

4.7 CAST IRON PIPES AND FITTINGS :

4.7.1 Soil, waste, vent, anti-syphonage pipes shall be cast iron pipes.
All pipes shall be straight and smooth and inside free from irregular bore, blow holes cracks and
other manufacturing defects. Pipes shall be centrifugally spun iron so pipes conforming
to IS 3989-1979 and fittings shall be conform to IS 3989-1979.

4.8 FITTINGS :
4.8.1 Fitting shall conform to the Indian Standard as for pipes. Contractor shall use pipes and fittings
of matching specifications.

Fittings shall be of the required degree of curvature with without access door.
Access door shall be up with 3MM thick insertion rubber washer and white lead. The bolts shall be
lubricated with grease or white lead for easy removal. The fixing shall be air and water
tight.
4.9 TRAPS :
4.9.1 Floor Traps & Urinal Traps
Floor traps shall be cast iron, deep seal with an effective seal of 50 mm. The trap and waste pipes
shall be set in cement concrete blocks firmly supported on the structural floor. The blocks
shall be in 1:2:4 mix (1 Cement : 2 Coarse sand : 4 stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size)
and extended to 40 mm below finished floor levels. Contractor shall provide all necessary
shuttering and centering for the block. Size of the block shall be 30 x 30 cms of the
required depth.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 14 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

4.10 CLEANOUT PLUGS :

Contractor shall provide cast brass cleanout plugs as required. Cleanout plugs shall be thread and
provided with key holes for openings. Cleanout plugs shall be fixed the pipes by a G.I.
socket drip seal caulked. (Detail with sketch).
4.11 WASTE PIPE FROM APPLIANCES :
4.11.1 Waste pipes from appliances e.g. wash basins, sinks, urinals & water cooler shall be of
galvanized steel. Pipes shall be galvanized steel tubes conforming to IS: 1239-1979
(medium class) and quality certificates shall be furnished. Pipes shall be provided with
all required fittings, e.g. Tees, couplings, bends, elbows, unions, reducers, nipples,
IS:1879 plugs. All G.I. waste pipes shall be terminated at the point of connection with the
appliance with an outlet of suitable diameter.
4.11.2 Access shall be fixed in gradient towards the out falls of drain. Pipes inside a washroom
shall be in chase unless otherwise shown on drawings. Where required pipes may be run
at ceiling level in suitable gradient and supported on structural clamps, Spacing for
clamps for such pipes shall be as follows:

Vertical - 3.0 meter Horizontal

- 2.4 meter

4.12 PAINTING :
4.12.1 Soil, waste and vent pipes in exposed location, in shafts and pipes spaces shall be painted
with two or more coats of ready mix oil paint to give an even shade.
4.12.2 Painting shall be approved quality and shade. Where directed pipes shall be painted in
accordance with approved pipe colour code.
4.12.3 G.I. pipes in chase shall be painted with two coats of bitumen paint, covered with
polythene tape and a final coat of bitumen paint. Exposed pipes shall be painted with one
or two coats of synthetic enamel paint.
4.12.4 C.I. soil and waste pipes below ground and covered in cement concrete or lead pipes shall
not painted.
4.13 CUTTING AND MAKING GOOD :
4.13.1 Pipes shall fixed and tested as building proceeds. Contractor shall provide all necessary holes
cut out and case in structural members as building work proceeds. Wherever holes are
cut or left originally they shall be de good with cement concrete 1:2:4 (1
cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 stone aggregate 20mm thick nominal size) or cement mortar
1:2 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand) and the surface restored to original condition.
4.14 TESTING :
4.14.1 Before use at site all C.I. soil pipes shall be tested by filing up with water for at least 10
minutes. After filling pipes shall be struck with a hammer and inspected for blow holes
and cracks. All defective pipes shall be rejected and removed from the site within 48

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 15 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

hours. Pipes with minor seating shall be accepted at the discretion of the engineer-
incharge.
4.14.2 Pipes shall be tested, after installation by filling up the stack with water. All opening and
connections shall be suitably plugged. The total head in the stack shall however not
exceed 4.5 m.

4.14.3 Alternately contractor may test all soil and waste stack by a smoke testing machine.
Smoke shall be pumped into the stack after plugging all inlets and connections. The top
end shall however be left open. The stack shall then be observed from leakages and all
defective pipes and fittings removed or repaired as directed by the engineer-in-charge.
4.14.4 A test register shall be maintained and all entries shall be signed and dated by contractor
engineer-in-charge.
4.15 MEASUREMENT :
4.15.1 General
Rates for all items quoted shall be inclusive of all work and items given in the above
mentioned specifications and schedule of quantities and applicable for the work under
floor, in shafts or at ceiling level at all heights and depths.
All rates are inclusive of cutting holes and chase in existing or in site RCC and masonry
work and making good the same.
All rates are inclusive of pre-testing and on site testing of the installation and materials
and commissioning.
4.16 EXCAVATION FOR PIPES :
No Extra payment shall be admissible with respect to excavation, refilling and disposal
of surplus earth for cast iron soil and waste pipes.
4.17 uPVC PIPES & FITTINGS:
4.17.1 uPVC PIPE AND FITTINGS FOR RAIN WATER DISPOSAL SYSTEM :

4.17.1.1 Rain Water shall be uPVC SWR Type ‘A’ conforming to IS: 13592-1992.
4.17.1.2 Dimension of SWR Pipe Fittings shall be as per DIN 19531 and DIN 19534 and conforms
to IS: 14735-1999.
Rubber ring shall be conforming to IS : 5382.

4.18 DIMENSION OF uPVC SWR PIPES CONFORMING TO IS : 13592-1992 :

S.No. Nominal Toleran of Wall Thickness –Type A (t) mm

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 16 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Outside Outside
diameter (D) diameter Min in Max
mm
1. 75 +0.3 1.8 2.2

2. 90 +0.4 1.9 2.3

3. 110 +0.4 2.2 2.7

4. 160 +0.5 3.2 3.8

4.19 MAXIMUM SUPPORT DISTANCE IN METER :

S.No. Size (mm) Horizontal Support Distance Vertical Support Distance

(m) (m)

1. 40 0.4 1.2

2. 50 0.5 1.5

3. 75 0.75 2.0

4. 110 1.1 2.0

5. 160 1.6 2.0

4.20 Rubber ring shall be of make and type approved by Pipe and fitting manufacturer.
Rubber ring joint shall be made in an approved manner as recommended by the
manufacturer.

4.21 For testing, seal hermetically at all opening below the top of the section to be tested.
The water level shall then be raised to a height of not less than 3m above the highest
point of the section being tested or as the inspection offer may direct. Every joint shall
be carefully examined for leaks.
4.22 MEASUREMENT AND RATES :
4.22.1 General :

a) Rates for all items shall be inclusive of all work and items called for in the
specifications given above and the Schedule of Quantities as applicable for the
work under floors, in shafts or at ceiling level at all heights and depths.
b) All rates are inclusive of cutting holes and chases in RCC and masonry work and
making good the same.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 17 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

c) All rates are inclusive of pre testing at site and final testing of the installations,
materials and commissioning.
4.22.2 Pipes :

a) The unit of measurement shall be linear metre to the nearest centimeter.

b) All uPVC soil, waste, vent and rain water pipes shall be measured net, when
fixed correct to a centimeter, including all fittings along their length after fixing.
The length shall be taken along center line of the pipes and fittings. No allowance
shall be made for the portions of pipe lengths entering the sockets of the adjacent
pipes or fittings. The above shall apply to all cases i.e. whether pipes are fixed on
wall face or pillars or embedded in masonry or pipes running at ceiling level. The
quoted rate shall include lead jointing.

c) GI pipes shall be measured in running metre correct to a centimeter for the

finished work which shall include fittings e.g. bends, tees, elbows, reducers,
crosses, sockets, nipples, nuts, unions etc. The length shall be taken along center
line of the pipes and fittings. All pipes and fittings shall be classified according
to their diameter, method of jointing and fixing substance, quality and finish. The
diameters shall be nominal diameter of internal bore. In case of fittings of unequal
bore, the largest bore shall be considered.
4.22.3 Pipe Encasing/ Supports :

Cement concrete around pipes shall be measured along the center of the pipe line measured per linear
metre and include any masonry supports, shuttering and centering, curing, cutting etc.
complete as described in the relevant specifications.
4.22.4 Angles/ Channels

Slotted angles/ channels shall be measured per linear metre of finished length and shall include
support bolts and nuts, length embedded in the cement concrete blocks of 1 : 2 : 4 (1
cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) formed in the masonry
walls; nothing extra shall be paid for the cement concrete block and making good the
masonry wall, anchor fastners etc. complete.
4.23 TRAPS :
Unit of measurement shall be the number of pieces. All urinal traps, trap gratings, hoppers, clean out
plugs shall be measured by number and shall include all items described in the relevant
specifications and Schedule of Quantities. Cockroach traps shall not be measured
separately and are deemed to be included in the rate for traps.

4.24 PAINTING :
Painting of pipes shall be measured per running metre for each diameter of pipe and shall be inclusive
of all fittings and clamp. No deduction shall be made for fittings.

5.0 WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM (COLD & HOT) :

5.1 SCOPE OF WORK :-

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 18 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

5.1.1 Work under this section consists of furnishing all labour, materials equipment and appliances
necessary and required to completely install for water supply system (Cold Water Supply)
as required by the drawings, specified hereinafter and given in the Schedule of Quantities.
5.2 Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing, the water supply system shall include the
following :-

a) Water supply works in shaft, inside the building etc. including connection to vertical stack / main
line.
5.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS :
5.3.1 All materials shall be new and of the best quality conforming to specifications. All works
executed shall be to the satisfaction of the Project Manager.
5.3.2 Pipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical, horizontal or in slopes as required in a neat
workmanlike manner.
5.3.3 Short or long bends shall be used on all main pipe lines as far as possible. Use of elbows shall
be restricted for short connections. As far as possible all bend shall be formed by means
of a hydraulic pipe bending machine for pipe up to 65 mm dia.

5.3.4 Pipes shall be laid in a manner as to provide as far as possible easy accessibility for repair and
maintenance and shall not cause obstruction in shafts, passage etc.
5.3.5 Valves and other appurtenances shall be so located as to provide easy accessibility for
operations, maintenance and repairs.
5.3.6 Pipe shall be securely fixed to wall and ceiling by suitable clamps at intervals specified.
5.4 cPVC PIPES & FITTINGS & VALVES FOR COLD WATER SUPPLY
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM :
cPVC Water Distribution System shall be Flowguard cPVC (Chlorinated Polyvinyle Chloride) Water
Supply Piping System with pipe as per CTS SDR-11 at maximum working pressure of
400 PSI (28.1 Kg/cm2) at 23oC and 100 PSI (7.03 Kg/cm2) at 82oC
(from ½” - 2”), using solvent welded cPVC fitting i.e. Tees, elbows, couplers, unions,
reducers, bushing etc. including transition fitting (connection between cPVC and metal
pipe / G.I.) i.e. Brass adapter (both male and female threaded) all conforming to ASTMD-
2846 with only cPVC solvent cement 5 conforming to ASTMF-493 - with only Clamps/
structural metal supports as required/directed at site including cutting chases and filling
the same with cement concrete/cement mortar as required. All termination points for
installation of faucets shall have brass termination fittings. Installation shall be to the
satisfaction of consultant/manufacturers of pipes and fittings.

5.5 Outside Diameters and Wall Thicknesses for cPVC 4120, SDR 11 Plastic Pipe :

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 19 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Nominal Size Outside Diameter, in. (mm) Wall Thickness, in. (mm)

(in.) (mm) Average Tolerance Minimum Tolerance

½ 15 0.625 (15.9) + 0.003 (+ 0.08) 0.068 (1.73) + 0.020 (+ 0.51)

¾ 20 0.875 (22.2) + 0.003 (+ 0.08) 0.080 (2.03) + 0.020 (+ 0.51)

1 25 1.125 (28.6) + 0.003 (+ 0.08) 0.102 (2.59) + 0.020 (+ 0.51)

1-1/4 32 1.375 (34.9) + 0.003 (+ 0.08) 0.125 (3.18) + 0.020 (+ 0.51)

1-1/2 40 1.625 (41.3) + 0.004 (+ 0.10) 0.148 (3.76) + 0.020 (+ 0.51)

2 50 2.125 (54.0) + 0.004 (+ 0.10) 0.193 (4.90) + 0.023 (+ 0.58)

5.6 Pressure Ratings for cPVC, SDR 11 Plastic Pipe :

Nominal Size Pressure Rating, PSI (Kg/cm2)

(in.) (mm) 73.4oF (23oC) 180oF (82oC)

½ 15 400 (28.1) 80 (7.0)

¾ 20 400 (28.1) 100 (7.0)

1 25 400 (28.1) 100 (7.0)

1-1/4 32 400 (28.1) 100 (7.0)

1-1/2 40 400 (28.1) 100 (7.0)

2 50 400 (28.1) 100 (7.0)

5.7 JOINING FLOWGUARD PIPES AND FITTINGS :

• Cutting :
Pipe shall be cut with either with a wheel type plastic pipe cutter or hacksaw blade, and
care shall be taken to make a square cut, which provides optimal bonding area
within a joint.

• Deburring/Beveling :
Burrs and fillings should be removed from the outside and inside of pipe with a pocket
knife or file otherwise burrs and fillings may prevent proper contact between pipe
and fittings during assembly.

• Fitting/Preparation :

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 20 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

• A clear dry rag/cloth should be used to wipe dirt and moisture from the fitting
sockets and tubing end. The tubing should make contact with the socket wall
1/3 or 2/3 of the way into the fitting socket.

• Solvent Cement Application :

cPVC solvent cement conforming to ASTM - F493 should be used for joining pipe with
fittings. An even coat of solvent cement should be applied on the pipe end and a
thin coat inside the fitting socket, otherwise too much of cement solvent can cause
clogged water ways.

• Assembly :
After applying the solvent cement on both pipe and fitting socket, pipe should be inserted
into the fitting socket within 30 seconds and rotating the pipe 1/4 to ½ turn while
inserting so as to ensure even distribution of solvent cement with the joint. The
assembled system should be holded for 10 seconds
(approximately) in order to allow the joint to set up.

• Set and Cure Times : remake the joint to avoid potential solvent cement set
and cure times shall be strictly adhered to as per the below mentioned table.
Minimum cure prior to pressure testing at 150 psi :
Ambient Pipe Sizes
Temperature During
Cure Period ½” – 1” 1 ¼” - 2”

Above 15oC 1 Hr 2 Hrs

4 – 15oC 2 Hrs 4 Hrs

Below 4oC 4 Hrs 8 Hrs

Special care shall be exercised when assembling flowguard systems in extremely low
temperature (below 4oC) or extremely high temperature (above 45oC) in extremely hot
temperatures, make sure that both surfaces to be joined are still wet with cement solvent
when putting them together. A. Testing :
Once an installation is completed and cured or per above mentioned recommendations,
the system should be hydrostatically pressure tested at 150 PSI (10 bar) for one
hour. During pressure testing, the system should be filled with water and if a leak
is found, the joint should be cut out and replacing the same with new one by using
couplers.
B. Transition of flowguard cPVC to Metals :

When making a transition connection to metal threads, special Brass (Male and Female
adapters) should be used.
C. Threaded Sealants:

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 21 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Teflon tap shall be used to make threaded connections leak proof. D. Solvent
Cement:
cPVC solvent cement conforming to ASTMF 493 should be used for joining pipe with
fittings and valves. cPVC cement solvent have a minimum shelf life of 1 year. Solvent
have a minimum shelf life of 1 year. Aged cement solvent will often change colour or
began to thicken and become gelatinous or jelly to like and when this happens, the cement
should not be used. The cement solvent should be used within 30 days after opening the
company’s seal and tightly close the seal after using in order to avoid its freezing. The
freezed cement solvent should be discarded immediately and fresh one should be used.
E. Hangers and Supports :
Most hangers designed for metal pipe are suitable for flowground. Hangers should not
have rough or sharp edges which come in contact with the tubing.

Supports should be as per the below mentioned table :

Horizontal and Vertical Support

Spacing

Size of pipe 21 deg. C 49 deg. C 71 deg. C 82 deg. C

(70oF) (120oF) (160oF) (180oF)

Inch (mm) Ft. cm Ft. Cm Ft. cm Ft. cm

½” (15) 5.5 (167.7) 4.5 (137.16) 3.0 (91.44) 2.5 (76.2)

¾” (20) 5.5 (167.7) 5.0 (152.4) 3.0 (91.44) 2.5 (76.2)

1” (25) 6.0 (182.88) 5.5 (167.7) 3.5 (106.68) 3.0 (91.44)

1 ¼” (32) 6.5 (198.12) 6.0 (182.88) 3.5 (106.68) 3.5 (106.68)

1 ½” (40) 7.0 (213.36) 6.0 (182.88) 3.5 (106.68) 3.5 (106.68)

2” (50) 7.0 (213.36) 6.5 (198.12) 4.0 (121.92) 3.5 (106.68)

5.8 BALL /GATE VALVES :

All ball valves shall be heavy duty of approved make. Valves shall have suitable for test
pressure of 25 Kg/Sqcm. Ball valves shall conform to the following specifications.
Size Construction Ends

15 to 50 Brass / Bronze body S.S. Working Part stainless steel

Screwed
mm balls, spindle, teflon seating and gland packing

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 22 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

65to 100 Brass body / GM spindle Teflon seating & gland Screwed /
mm packing Flanged

5.8.1 GI PIPES (COLD WATER SUPPLY)

G.I. PIPES AND FITTINGS
5.8.1.1 All pipes inside the buildings and where specified, outside the building shall be of galvanized
steel tubes conforming to IS: 1239 of specified Class. Wherever Class of pipes is not
specified, they shall be of Heavy Class.
5.8.1.2 Fittings shall be of malleable cast iron galvanized of approved make. Each fitting shall have
manufacturer’s trade mark stamped on it. Fittings for G.I pipes shall include couplings,
bends, tees, reducers, nipples, unions, bushes etc. Fittings etc. shall conform to relevant
BIS Codes.
5.8.1.3 Pipes and fittings shall be jointed with screwed joints using Teflon tape suitable for water
pipes. Care shall be taken to remove burr from the end of the pipe after cutting by a round
file. All pipes shall be fixed in accordance with layout and alignment shown on the
drawings. Care shall be taken to avoid air pockets. Necessary vents and drains shall be
provided at all high and low points respectively.
5.8.2 Clamps
5.8.2.1 G.I & cPVC pipes in shafts and other locations shall be supported by G.I clamps of design
approved by the Resident Engineer. Pipes at ceiling level shall be supported / suspended
on structural clamps fabricated from MS structure. Pipes in shafts shall be supported on
slotted angles/ channels as specified/ as directed.
5.9 UNIONS :
5.9.1 The Agency shall provide adequate number of unions on all pipes to enable easy dismantling
later when required. Unions shall be provided near each gunmetal valve, stop cock or check
valve and on straight runs as necessary at appropriate locations as required for easy
dismantling and/ or as directed by Resident Engineer.

5.10 FLANGES :
5.10.1 Flanged connections shall be provided on pipes as required for maintenance/ ease in
dismantling or where shown on the drawings, all equipment connections as necessary and
required or as directed by the Resident Engineer. Connections shall be made by the correct
number and size of the GI nuts/ bolts, as per relevant IS Standards and made with 3mm
thick insertion rubber washer/ gasket.
5.10.2 All G.I pipes below ground shall be laid in trenches with a minimum cover of 600mm. The
width and depth of the trenches shall be as follows: -
Dia of pipe Width of trench Depth of trench

15mm to 50mm 300mm 750mm

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 23 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

5.11 SAND FILLING :

5.11.1 cPVC & G.I pipes in trenches shall be protected with fine sand 150mm all around before
filling in the trenches.
5.12 PAINTING :
5.12.1 All G.I. pipes above ground shall be painted with one coat of red oxide primer and two coats
of synthetic enamel paint of approved shade and quality to give an even shade.
Pipes shall be painted to standard colour code specified by the Resident Engineer.

5.13 PIPE PROTECTION :

5.13.1 Where specified in the ‘Schedule of Quantities’ all G.I. pipes below ground shall be
protected against corrosion by applying two coats of bitumen paint, wrapping with
polythene tape and finishing with one more coat of bitumen paint.
5.14 PIPING INSTALLATION :
5.14.1 Piping shall be properly supported on or suspended from clamps, hangers as specified and as
required. The Agency shall adequately design all the brackets, saddles, anchors, clamps
and hangers and be responsible for their structural sufficiency.
5.14.2 Pipe supports shall be of steel, adjustable for height and painted with one coat of red oxide
primer and two coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved shade and quality to give an
even shade. Where pipe and clamps are of dissimilar materials, a gasket shall be provided
in between. Spacing of pipe supports shall not exceed the following:
Pipe Size Spacing between Supports

Horizontal Vertical

Upto 12 mm 1500 mm 1500 mm

15 to 150 mm 2000 mm 1000 mm

150 mm & over 2500 mm 1000 mm

5.14.3 Vertical pipe risers shall be parallel to walls and column lines and shall be straight and plumb.
Piping passing from floor to floor shall be supported at each floor by clamps or collars steel
structural supports attached to pipe and with a 15 mm thick rubber pad or any resilient
material. Where pipes pass through the terrace floor, suitable flushing shall be provided to
prevent water leakage. Risers shall have a suitable clean out at the lowest point and air vent
at the highest point.

5.14.4 All pipe work shall be carried out in workmen like manner, causing minimum disturbance to
the existing services, buildings, roads and structure.
5.14.5 The Agency shall make sure that the clamps, steel structural supports, brackets, clamp saddles
and hangers provided for pipe supports are adequate. Piping layout shall take due care for
expansion and contraction in pipes, and include expansion joints where required.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 24 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

5.14.6 All pipes shall be accurately cut to the required sizes in accordance with relevant codes and
burrs removed before laying. Open ends of the pipes shall be closed as the pipe is installed
to avoid entrance of foreign matter. Where reducers are to be made in horizontal runs,
eccentric reducers shall be used for the piping to drain freely. In other locations, concentric
reducers may be used.
5.15 VALVES :
5.15.1 Valves up to 50 MM dia. shall be ball valves with brass / bronze body and stainless steel ball.
Valves 50 MM dia. and above shall be gun metal / cast iron gate / butterfly valves with
epoxy coated disc carbon steel shaft and lever actuator. Valves shall be tested at
manufacturer’s and their name stamped on it.
5.15.2 All valves shall be approved by the engineer-in-charge before they allowed to be used on
works. However the final responsibility of the quality of material lies with the contractor.
5.16 AIR VALVES :
5.16.1 Air valves 15 mm shall be provided in all high points in the system to prevent air locks, as
shown on the drawings or directed by engineer-in-charge.
Air valves shall be of single acting heavy duty brass spring type as specified in the schedule
of quantities.
5.17 GATE VALVE:-
5.17.1 All Gate Valve shall be gun metal / bronze of approval make the valve shall be suitable for 15
kg / sq cm test pressure and shall confirming to IS: 778 sizes 65 mm and above /GM/Bronze
Flanged.
5.18 BUTTERFLY VALVE :
All butterfly valves shall be heavy duty cast iron of approved make. The valves shall be suitable for
15 Kg/Sqcm test pressure & shall conform to the following specifications Butterfly valve
shall be of best quality conforming to IS: 13095:

Size Construction Ends

80 mm and above Cast iron Flanged

5.19 NON-RETURN VALVES :

All non-return valves shall be provided as shown in the drawings conforming to relevant Indian
Standards and in accordance with the following specifications.
Size Construction Ends

Upto 50 mm. Gun metal Screwed

65 mm and above Gun metal/cast iron Flanged

Non-return valves shall be of approved make.
5.20 TECHANICAL SPECIFICATION OF PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE :

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 25 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

5.20.1 PRV in brass housing (DZR) with G ¼ “pressure gauge connection part, spring bonnet with
adjustable opening having adjustable knob for pressure adjustments. The diaphragm shall
be in fiber- reinforced NBR and seals in NBR. The adjustment spring shall not be in touch
with water at any given time.
5.21 WORKING :
5.21.1 The force of the diaphragm shall operate against the force of an adjustable spring. The
inlet pressure shall have no influence in either the opening or closing the valve, hence,
inlet pressure fluction shall not influence the outlet pressure shall remain constant at all
times.
5.22 ADJUSTMENT OF PRESSURE :
5.22.1 The knob fitted on top of the PRV shall be turned toward (-) or (f) sign to reduce/ increase the
outlet pressure as desired.

5.23 RANGE :
a. Inlet pressure : Max 16 bar
b. Outlet pressure : 1.5 to 6 bar adjustable
c. Operating temperature : Max to Degree C
d. Maximum pressure drip : 1 bar

5.24 MOTORISED VALVE:

5.24.1 Suitable voltage operating including control wiring upto panel & ON/OFF electric actutaor
arrangement and complete with IP Degree of protection, alongwith overtorque protection
& mannual override option.
5.25 SOLAR SYSTEM:

5.25.1 Objective

The Solar Hot Water generation system shall be consisting of the specifications as per the
guidelines given below and as mentioned in the detailed Bill of Quantities.

It is proposed to install solar hot water system for supply of hot water in Kitchens for the
building mentioned above. Solar Water Heating system is planned to save power and to
use solar energy.

Hot water shall be generated by solar panel using hi-tech Evacuated Tube collectors (ETC
Based) and hot water stored in insulated pressurized hot water storage tank for supply to
the taps of the kitchen. The tubes exit in form of collector and hot water insulated tank is
connected to the collectors with the help of system piping.

Details of system capacity and recommended tubes for one system shall be as per detailed
given bellow / in the Bill of Quantities.

Details of system capacity and recommended tubes for one system.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 26 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

S.No System Capacity No. of units

(LPD)
1. 2000 As per BOQ
2. 1000 As per BOQ

5.25.2 Specification for Evacuated Tubes:

Following shall be the properties of the Evacuated Tubes:

o Evacuated Vacuum tube: Dual wall evacuated glass tube material high Boron silicon
(special hard) glass with thermal properties.

o Expansion: 32 (+/-1) x10-70 Celsius density at 200C: 2.23 g/CM3.

o Softening Point: 8200 C

o Physical Properties: Individual tube length 150 cm.

� Outer diameter: 47 mm (+/-1mm)
� Inner Diameter: 37 mm (+/-1mm)
� Glass thickness: 1.5 mm (+/-0.2mm)
� Bend Degree: 4/1000
� Vacuum Degree: 5x10-3 pa
� Heat loss coefficient (K value): <0.90 Watt/ M20C � Impingement Proof: Stand
hailstorm upto dia 25 mm hails.

Black Coating provision by by suppttering Process

o Absorpity: >0.93 o Emissivity < 0.065 o
Vacuum degree: 5x10-3 pa.
o Empty bursting temperature: 2400C o Pressure resistance: 3Kg/sqm. o Impingement
Proof: Should be able to withstand an attack of 15-25mm size round hailstones.

5.25.3 The absorber shall consist of glass-evacuated tubes. Each evacuated tube shall consist
of two glass tubes. The individual tube length should be 150 cm. The outer diameter of
the tube should be 47 mm. The tube should be made extremely strong transparent
borosilicate glass, which is able to resist impact from hail upto 25 mm in diameter. The
inner tube should be made of borosilicate glass but coated with a special selective
(A1N/AI). There should be vacuum between the two glass tubes. A barium getter must
be used between the two glass tubes.

The tube gaskets shall be such that they are capable of withstanding high temperatures and should
not be susceptible to wear and tear or any leakage.

5.25.4 Hot Water Storage Tank

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 27 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Hot Water Storage Tanks shall be pressurized type suitable for 4 kg /cm2 working pressure.
The tank shall be made up of Stainless Steel grade SS-304 having 2 mm thick with 40 mm
thick PUF insulation covered with 22SWG GI cladding to withstand a temperature of 100
deg centigrade. The welding process is to be carried out as Argon welding .The tank is to
be provided with manhole cover on top for cleaning and maintenance purpose.

Insulating Material
Insulation of R value = 3.34 m2co/W to with a temperature of 100 should be used. Typical
insulation are:

S. Trade Name K R X MM
No. (Min)
1 SPINTEX 300 OR EQV. 0.029 48 3.34 100
2. TWIGA GLASS WOOL OR 0.033 48 3.34 100
EQV>
3. FIBERGLASS crown white 0.228 48 3.34 100

The polythene sheet shall be used as covering between the glass wool and the cladding
sheet besides the retaining material such as chicken mesh etc. GI sheet of thickness 22
SWG shall be used for cladding the tank insulation & pipe.

The storage tank should be properly installed at site on M.S Channel stand properly
grouted on roof with cement concrete pedestals of 1:3 ratio or any other specific provision
as per site conditions as directed by Engineer Incharge.

Inlet connection of cold water supply line of required size (dedicated for solar) to be provided into
the hot water tank.

5.25.5 Support Structure/Stand

The stand for the collector and hot water storage tank are to be designed taking into consideration
the load to be carried by the stand. The collector becomes vulnerable to wind dust. The
collector may be up-listed by wind striking the underside. This wind load should be
determined according to accepted engineering practices and procedures and the stands is
to be designed taking into consideration the worst condition of loading.
The stand shall be fabricated from Heavy duty MS angles to support/mounting of solar water heater
system accessories. The bottom of tube is to be supported with M.S support.

Necessary PCC Footings shall be provided as per requirements.

5.25.6 COLD WATER TANK.

a. Material: Sintex or equipment material.

b. Capacity: As per the capacity of BOQ.
c. Installation: Tank shall be properly installed/grouting on a suitable stand as per the
design of the solar water heating system.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 28 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

5.25.7 Valves/Nipple/Tees

All valves shall be brass/bronze lever operated ball valve of full flow with stainless steel
ball (AISI 304 and spindle AISI 410) with setting and gland of superior quality having
minimum working pressure of 10 kg/cm2.

All GI fittings shall be of approved make.

5.25.8 Piping and insulation work

Cold Water Supply Pipes and fittings shall be galvanised confirming to IS: 1239 upto 150mm dia
and as per I.S:3589 for dia 200mm and above or as specified in Bill of Quantities. The
M.S./G.I flanges shall conform to I.S:6392-1971.

Hot Water Pipes shall be galvanised confirming to IS: 1239 upto 150mm dia and as per I.S:3589 for
dia 200mm and above or as specified in Bill of Quantities with G.I approved make fittings
& accessories insulated with 50mm glasswool/rock wool insulation covered with chicken
mesh & 22 SWG GI cladding or as specified in the Bill of Quantities.

All Piping work between OHT and cold water tank & collectors and the hot water storage tank shall
be an integral part of the system and its rate will be included in the item for the solar
system. NO SEPARATE PAYMENT SHALL BE ADMISSIBLE FOR THE SAME.

All fittings shall be provided with screwed joints upto 65mm dia and flanged joint above 65mm dia,
with flanges screwed complete and jointed with 3.0mm thick gasket complete with nuts,
bolts and washers etc.

5.25.9 Testing

All G.I. pipes of Primary Circuit (Collector Circuits) shall be tested hydrostatically for a period of
30 minutes to a pressure of 2 Kg/Sq.cm without drop in pressure, and all other G.I pipes
for a pressure of 6 Kg/Sq.cm.

5.25.10 Name Plate

Each solar water heating system shall be affixed with a name plate with the following
information:-

a) Manufacture name

b) Sr. No. and year of installation.

5.25.11 Protective arrangement for glass tube

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 29 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

The glass tubes shall also have a protective wire mesh ( 1 inch x 1 inch) cover of suitable
strength to protect from any damage due to stones/other projectiles as from monkeys. The
cover shall however not affect the working efficiency of the system.

5.25.12 Instruction Manual

The manufacture should provide with each Solar heating system an instruction manual
containing the following information:-

a) Installation instructions, handling recommendations and safety precaution.

b) Maintenance instruction for example cleaning of tubes, painting etc.

c) As Built Drawings of the System Installation

5.25.13 Following works is to be done also by vender of Solar system

a. Pipeline for filling the solar cold water tank from

b. All hot water pipelines must be thermally insulated using glass wool insulation covered
by Aluminum cladding or PUF insulation of having 38Kg/cm.sq.density covered with
precoated G.I sheet to get optimum performance.
c. MS angle Structure of Cold water storage tank at the height of 6 ft from terrace level.
d. Cold water pipe line up to the hot water tank.

5.26 HANDING OVER :

5.26.1 All commissioning and testing shall be done by the contractor to the complete satisfaction
of the Project Manager, and the job handed over to the Project Manager, or his authorized
representative.
5.26.2 Contractor shall also handover, to the Project Manager, all maintenance & operation
manuals and all other items as per the terms of the contract.

5.27 GUARANTEE :
5.27.1 The contractor shall submit a warranty for all equipment, materials and accessories
supplied by him against manufacturing defects, malfunctioning or under capacity
functioning.
5.27.2 The form of warranty shall be as approved by the Project Manager.
5.27.3 The warranty shall be valid for a period of one year from the date of commissioning and
handing over.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 30 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

5.27.4 The warranty shall expressly include replacement of all defective or under capacity
equipment. Project Manager may allow repair of certain equipment if the same is found to
meet the requirement for efficient functioning of the system.
5.27.5 The warranty shall include replacement of any equipment found to have capacity lesser
than the rated capacity as accepted in the contract. The replacement equipment shall be
approved by the Project Manager.

5.28 PUMPS & WATER TREATMENT EQUIPMENTS :

SCOPE OF WORK
5.28.1 Work under this section shall consist of furnishing all labour, materials equipment and
appliances necessary and required to completely install all works described hereinafter and
shown on the drawings.
5.28.2 Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing the system shall include the
following:
a. Transfer, Drainage & Sewage pumps.

5.28.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENT

All materials shall be new as per approved makes complying with the appropriate Indian
Standards.

All equipment other than specified in approved makes shall be of the best available make
manufactured by reputed firms to the entire satisfaction of Resident Engineer. The sample
of such items shall be provided on the request of engineer-in-charge.
All equipment shall be so installed on suitable existing foundations, true to level and in a neat work-
man like manner.

Equipment shall be installed so as to provide sufficient clearance between the end walls & between
equipment to equipment.

Shop drawings for equipment layout with associated piping, control panels and wiring of equipment
showing the route of conduit / cable from equipment to control panel shall be submitted
by the Contractor for approval to engineer-in-charge before starting the fabrication of panel
and starting the work. On completion of the works, four sets of "Asinstalled" drawings
incorporating all details like equipment layout, piping routes, location of panels etc. shall
be furnished by the contractor.

5.29 TRANSFER PUMPS :

5.29.1 Treated water transfer pumps shall be multistage, vertical stainless steel pumps, having
stainless steel casing, stainless steel pump foot and diffusers, stainless impeller, stainless
steel shaft, ceramic bearings, tungsten carbide shaft protection bushes and mechanical seal
driven by 6 -10 KW (Approx), 2900 RPM, 220-240 Volts, 50 Cycles, AC 3 –phase TEFC
vertical flange motor. Each pump shall be capable of operating with in a performance
pressure characteristics range sufficient below and above the required working pressure.
Pumps and motors shall be mounts on a common MS structural base plate.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 31 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Each pump shall be provides with a totally enclosed fan cooled induction motor of H.P and R.P.M
specified in schedule of quantities.
Each pumping set shall be provides with a Gun Metal “Bourden” type pressure gauge with gunmetal
isolation cock and connecting piping.
Appropriate vibration eliminating pads shall be provides with each pump.
The pump set shall be provided with gunmetal gate valve of appropriate sizes on delivery. a non-return
valve of appropriate size and a pressure gauge with cock shall be provided on the delivery
line.
Suction and delivery lines of the pumps shall be provided with double flanged reinforced Neoprene
flexible pipe connectors. Connectors shall be suitable for a working pressure of each pump
as specified in Schedule of Quantities.

5.30 SUMP PUMPS :

5.30.1 Pumps shall be submersible type as indicated in data sheet.
Pump shall be integral with submersible motor on a common shaft. The pumps shall have 2900 RPM
synchronous speed motor unless stated otherwise in the data sheets.
The pump set shall be installed in vertical position in sumps with level controller cum operated float
switches.
Pump casings impellers shall be of CI & SS shaft. All pumps shall have combination ball and roller
bearings and shaft seals should be mechanical. Motor shall be submersible and shall be
rated for minimum HP specified or the BHP absorbed in the operating range of the pump.
5.31 SEWAGE PUMP :
5.31.1 Sewage pump shall be submersible (cutter type) & solid handlng upto 40 mm.
Pumps shall be submersible type as indicated in data sheet.
Pump shall be integral with submersible motor on a common shaft. The pumps shall have 2900 RPM
synchronous speed motor unless stated otherwise in the data sheets.
The pump set shall be installed in vertical position in sumps with level controller cum operated float
switches.
Pump casings impellers shall be of CI & SS shaft. All pumps shall have combination ball and roller
bearings and shaft seals should be mechanical. Motor shall be submersible and shall be
rated for minimum HP specified or the BHP absorbed in the operating range of the pump.

5.32 LEVEL CONTROLLER :

5.32.1 Contractor shall provide and install low voltage transistorised level controllers as specified in
Schedule of Quantities. Each level controller shall be provided with required number of
PVC sheathed stainless steel probes with necessary wiring and conducting.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 32 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 33 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

5.33 TECHNICAL DATA (TO BE FILLED BY BIDDERS) :

5.33.1 Transfer / Sewage / Drainage Pump:
Drainage
Description Transfer Pump Sewage Pump
Pump

Quantity

Make

Model

Fluid Handled

Type

Suction

Delivery

Impeller Type

Coupling

Base Plate with Foundation

Bolt

No. of Stage

Flow Rate (m3/hr)

Total Head (m)

Speed of Pump (rpm)

Efficiency at rated duty

point

Material of construction
(MOC)

Casing material

Impeller material

Shaft material

Shaft sleeve

Casing Ring

Impeller Ring

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 34 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Drainage
Description Transfer Pump Sewage Pump
Pump

Make

Model

Type of Motor

Horse Power

Valtage (V)

Full Load Amps – A

Speed of Motor

Enclosure

Mounting

Class of Insulation

Ambient Temperature /
Temp in Degree

Starting Temperature as %
of full temp

Efficiency at 100% load

efficiency at 75% load

Type of rotating movement

Coupling

Type of lubrication

Frequency

Make and type of starter

6.0 EXTERNAL DRAINAGE (SEWERS & STORM WATER)

6.1 SCOPE OF WORK :

6.1.1 Work under this section shall consist of furnishing all labour, materials, equipment and
appliances necessary and required to completely install the drainage system as required
by the drawings and specified hereinafter or given in the schedule of quantities.

6.1.2 Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing, the drainage system shall include:

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 35 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

6.1.2.1 Sewer lines including excavations, pipe line, manholes, drop connections Septic Tanks and
Soak Pits, Underground Storm Water Drains, including Pipes, Manholes, Catch Basins,
Open Drains and Culverts.

6.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS :

6.2.1 All materials shall be new of the best quality conforming to specifications and subject to the
approval of the engineer -in -charge.

6.2.2 Drainage lines shall be laid to the required gradients and profiles.

6.2.3 All drainage work shall be done in accordance with the local municipal bye -laws.

6.2.4 Contractor shall obtain necessary approval and permission for the drainage system from the
municipal or any other competent authority.

6.2.5 Location of all man holes, catch basins, etc, shall be got confirmed by the engineer-in charge
before the actual execution of work at site.

6.2.6 All works shall be executed as directed by the engineer-in -charge.

6.3 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE :

6.3.1 The sewers and storm water lines shall be laid to alignment and gradient shown on the drawings
but subject to such modifications as shall be ordered by the engineer in charge from time
to time to meet the requirements of the works. No deviations from the lines, depths of
cutting or gradients of sewers shown on the plans and sections shall be permitted except
to the direction in the engineer-in-charge.

6.4 EXCAVATION :

6.4.1 The excavation for sewers and storm water drains shall be in open cutting unless the permission
of the engineer-in-charge is obtains in writing. Where sewers have to be constructed along
narrow passages, the engineer in charge may order the excavation to be made partly in
tunnel and in such cases the excavated soil shall be brought back later on for refilling the
trenches or tunnel.

6.5 SALT GLAZED STONEWARE PIPES :

All underground sewer lines where specified (other than those specified cast iron) shall be Stoneware
pipes. Stoneware pipes shall be first class quality salt glazed and free from
rough texture inside and outside and straight. All pipes shall have the manufacturer’s name
marked on it and shall comply to IS 651-1971.
6.5.1 LAYING AND JOINTING OF STONE WARE SALT GLAZED PIPES
6.5.1.1 Pipes are liable to be damaged in transit and notwithstanding tests that may have been made
before dispatching each pipe shall be examined carefully on arrival at site. Each pipe shall
be rung with a wooden hammer or mallet and those that do not ring true and clear shall be

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 36 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

rejected. Sound pipes shall be carefully stacked to prevent damage. All defective pipes
should be segregated marked in a conspicuous manner and their use in the works
prevented.
6.5.1.2 The pipes shall be laid with sockets leading uphill and should rest on solid and even
foundations for the full length of the barrel. Socket holes shall be formed in the foundation
sufficiently deep to allow the pipe jointer room to work right round the pipe and as short
as practicable to admit the socket and allow the joint to be made.
6.5.1.3 Where pipes are not bedded in concrete the trench bottom shall be left slightly high and
carefully bottomed up as pipe laying proceeds so that the pipe barrels rest no firm ground.
If the excavation has been carried too low it shall be made up with cement concrete at the
contractor’s cost and charges.
6.5.1.4 If the bottom of the trench consists of rock or very hard ground that cannot be easily excavated
to a smooth surface, the pipes shall be laid on cement concrete bed to ensure even bearing.
6.6 JOINTING OF PIPES :
6.6.1 Tarred gaskin shall be first be wrapped round the spigot of each pipe and the spigot shall then
placed into socket of the pipe previously laid, the pipe shall then adjusted and fixed in its
correct positions and the gaskin caulked tightly home so as to fill not more than one quarter
of the total length of the socket.
6.6.2 The remainder of the socket shall be filled with stiff mix of cement mortar (1 cement : 1 clear
sharp washed sand). When the socket is filled, a fillet should be formed round the joint
with a trowel forming an angle of 45 Degree with the barrel of the pipe. The mortar shall
be mixed as needed for the immediate use and no mortar shall be beaten up and used after
it has begun to set.
6.6.3 After the joint has been made, any extraneous material shall be removed from inside of the joint
with a suitable ‘Scraper’ or ‘Badgar’. The newly made joint shall be protected until set
from the sun, drying winds, rains or dust. Sacking or other materials which can be kept
damp shall be used. The Joints shall be exposed and space left all round the pipes for
inspection by the architects / consultants. The inside of the sewer must be left absolutely
clear in bore and free from cement mortar or other obstructions throughout its entire
length, and small efficiently drain and discharge.
6.7 TESTING :
6.7.1 All lengths of the sewer and drain shall be fully tested for water tightness by means of water
pressure maintained for not less than 30 minutes. Testing shall be carried out from
manhole to manhole. All pipes shall be subjected to a test pressure of atleast 1.5 mtrs. head
of water. The test pressure shall, however, not exceeds 6 meters at any point. The pipes
shall be plugged preferably with standard design plugs with rubber plugs on both
sides. The upper end shall however, be connected to a pipe for filling with water and
getting the required head poured at one time permit.
6.7.2 Sewer lines shall be tested for a straightness by:

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 37 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

6.7.2.1 Inserting a smooth ball 12 mm less than the internal diameter of the pipe. In the absence of
obstruction such as yarn or mortar projecting at the joint the ball should roll down the
invert of the pipe and emerge at the lower end.
6.7.2.2 Means of a mirror at one end and a lamp at the other end. If the pipe line is straight the full
circle of light will be seen otherwise obstructions or deviation will be apparent.

6.7.2.3 The contractor shall give a smoke test to the drain and sewer at his own expense and charges,
if directed by architects / consultants.
6.7.2.4 A test register shall be maintained which shall be signed and dated by contractor, Architect
and representative of consultants.
6.8 GULLY TRAPS :
6.8.1 Gully traps shall be of the same quality as described for stone ware pipes in clause-5.
6.8.2 Gully traps shall be fixed in cement concrete 1:5:10 mix (1 cement 5 coarse sand 10 stone
aggregate 40mm nominal size) and a brick masonry chamber 30 x 30 cms C.I. sealed
cover and frame weighing not less than 7.3 kg. to be constructed as per standard drawings.
Where necessary, sealed cover shall be replaced with C.I. grating of the same size.
6.9 REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE PIPES :
6.9.1 All underground storm water drainage pipes where specified (other than those specified cast
iron) shall be centrifugally spun RCC pipes of specified class. Pipes shall be true and
straight with uniform bore throughout. Cracked wrapped pipes shall not be used on the
work. All pipes shall be tested by the manufacturer and the contractor shall be produce,
When directed, a certificate to that effect from the manufacturer.
6.10 LAYING :
R.C.C. spun pipes shall be laid on cement concrete bed or cradles as specified and shown on the
detailed drawings. The cradles may be pre cast and sufficiently cured to prevent cracks
and breakage in handling. The invert of the cradles shall be left 12mm below the invert
level of the pipe and properly placed on the soil to prevent any disturbance. The pipe shall
then be placed on the bed concrete or cradles and set for the time and gradient by means
of sight rails and boning rods, etc. Cradles or concrete bed may be omitted, if directed by
the engineer-in charge.
6.11 JOINTING :
After setting out the pipes collar shall be centered over the joint and filled in with tarred gaskin, so
that sufficient space to left on either side of the collar to receive the mortar. The space
shall be filled with cement mortar 1:2 (1cement: 2coarse sand) and caulked by means of
proper tools. All joints shall be finished at an angle of 45 degrees to the longitudinal axis
of the pipe on both sides of the collars neatly.

6.12 TESTING :
6.12.1 All lengths of the sewer and drain shall be fully tested for water tightness by means of water
pressure maintained for not less than 30 minutes. Testing shall be carried out from
manhole to manhole. All pipes shall be subjected to a test pressure of atleast 1.5 mtrs head

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 38 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

of water. The test pressure shall, however, not exceeds 6 meters at any point. The pipes
shall be plugged preferably with standard design plugs with rubber plugs on both sides.
The upper end shall however, be connected to a pipe for filling with water and getting the
required head poured at one time permit.
6.12.2 Sewer lines shall be tested for a straightness by:

6.12.2.1 Inserting a smooth ball 12 mm less than the internal diameter of the pipe. In the absence of
obstruction such as yarn or mortar projecting at the joint the ball should roll down the
invert of the pipe and emerge at the lower end.

6.12.2.2 Means of a mirror at one end and a lamp at the other end. If the pipe line is straight the full
circle of light will be seen otherwise obstructions or deviation will be apparent.

6.12.2.3 The contractor shall give a smoke test to the drain and sewer at his own expense and charges,
if directed by architects / consultants.

6.12.2.4 A test register shall be maintained which shall be signed and dated by contractor, Architect
and representative of consultants.
6.13 CAST IRON PIPES FOR DRAINAGE :
6.13.1 All drainage lines passing under buildings, floors and roads with heavy traffic, in exposed
position above ground e.g. Service floor and basement ceiling shall be cast iron pipes shall
generally be shown on the drawings.

6.13.2 Cast iron pipes shall be centrifugally spun cast iron pipes conforming to I.S.3989 – 1967
Quality certificate shall be furnished.
6.14 CEMENT CONCRETE AND MASONARY WORKS (FOR MANHOLES AND
CHAMBERS, ETC.) :
6.14.1 Water:
Water used for all the constructional purposes shall be clear and free from oil, acid, alkali, organic
and other harmful mattes deteriorate the strength and /or Durability of the structure. In
general, the water suitable for drinking purposes shall be considered good enough for
constructional purposes.
6.14.2 Aggregate for concrete:
The aggregate for concrete shall be in accordance with I.S: 3:8:3 and I.S 5:1:5. In General, these
shall be free from all impurities that may cause corrosion of the reinforcement. Before
actual use these shall be washed in water, if required as per the direction of Engineer-in-
Charge. The size of the coarse aggregate shall be as given in the Schedule of Quantities.

6.15 MANHOLE AND CHAMBERS :

6.15.1 All manholes, chambers and other such works as specified shall be constructed in brick
masonry in cement 1:5 (1 cement:5 coarse sand) or as specified in the Schedule of
Quantities.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 39 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

6.15.2 All manholes, chambers, etc, shall be supported on base of cement concrete of such
thickness mix as given in shown on the drawings.
Where specified, manholes shall be constructed as follows :

(All dimensions internal clear in CMS)

Size of man 90x80 120x90 90 dia. 140 dia.

Hole type Rect Rect Conical Conical

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum depth 150 240 250 500

Average thickness 15 15

Size of cover and

Frame 60 x 45 50dia 50 dia 50 dia

Weight of cover 38 kg 166 or 116 or 116 or
and frame 225 kg 225 kg 225 kg
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.15.3 All manholes shall be provided with cement concrete benching in 1:2:4 mix (1 cement:2 coarse
sand 4 stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size).The benching shall have a slope of 10 cms
towards the channel. The depth of the channel shall be full diameter of pipe. Benching
shall be finished with a floating coat of neat cement.
6.15.4 All manholes shall be plastered with 12/15 mm thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse
sand) and finished with a floating coat of neat cement inside. Manholes shall be plastered
outside as above but with rough plaster.

6.15.5 All manholes with depths greater than 1 m shall be provided with 20mm square or 25 mm
round rods catch rings set in cement concrete bocks 25 x 110 cms in 1:2:4 mix 30 cms
vertically and staggered. Footrest shall be coated with coat tar before embedding.
6.15.6 All manholes shall be provides with R.C.C. covers and frames ad embedded in reinforced
cement concrete slab. Weight of cover and frame shall be specified in the schedule of
quantities or give in para 10.2.
6.16 DROP CONNECTIONS :
6.16.1 Drop connections shall be provided between branch sewer and main sewer or in the main sewer
itself in steep ground when the difference in invert level of the two exceeds
45 cms of the required sizes.

6.16.2 Drop connections from gully traps to main sewer or rectangular manholes shall be made inside
the manholes and shall have H.C.I. special type door bend on top and heel rest bend at

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 40 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

bottom connected by a H.C.I. pipe. This pipe shall be supported by holder bat clamps at
180 cms intervals with at least one clamp for each drop connection. All joints shall be lead
caulked 25 mm deep.
6.16.3 Drop connections from branch sewer to main sewer shall be made outside the manhole wall
with glazed stoneware pipe tee connections, vertical pipe and bend at the bottoms. The
top of the tee shall be finished up to the surface level and provided with a C.I. hinged type
frame and cover 30 x 30 cms. The connection shall be embedded in cement concrete 1:2:4
mix 15 cms all round the pipes and tee up to the surface camber of the tee.
6.16.4 Drop connection made from vertical stacks directly into man holes shall be not be considered
as drop connections. They shall be paid for under the relevant soil ad waste pipes.
6.17 BRICK MASONARY :
6.17.1 Brick masonry shall be of a minimum width of 30 cms for a maximum width of drains shall
be 45 cms for depths beyond 45 cms.
6.17.2 Brick masonry drains shall be constructed in brick masonry in cement mortar in cement
concrete foundations as specified in the schedule of quantities. Masonry and concrete
work shall be carried out as given in para 9 of this section. Wherever specified, masonry
drains shall be plastered with cement mortar inside. The outer surface shall be flush
pointed without additional charge.
6.17.3 Wherever specified, all brick masonry covered drains shall be provided with cast in situ or
precast R.C.C. slabs.
6.18 TESTING PROCEDURE GUIDELINES :
6.18.1 GENERAL
Contractor shall be follow testing procedure lines for sewer / drain / pipeline etc for SW,
RCC pipes, CI pipes, Manholes and Chambers etc as per IS: 1172 to IS: 5329.
After laying and jointing, the pipeline must be pressure tested to ensure that pipes and joints are
sound enough to withstand the maximum pressure likely to be developed under working
conditions.

6.18.2 TESTING OF PRESSURE PIPES

The field test pressure to be imposed should be not less than the maximum of the
following.
(a) 1 1 /2 times the maximum sustained operating pressure.
(b) 1 1 /2 times the maximum pipeline static pressure.
(c) Sum of maximum sustained operating pressure and the maximum surge pressure.
(d) Sum of the maximum pipeline static pressure and the maximum equal to the work
test pressure for any pipe fittings incorporate.
The field test pressure should wherever possible be not less than 2/3 the work test pressure
appropriate to the class of pipe accept in the class of pipe accept in the case of spun iron
pipes and should be applied and maintained for atleast four hours. If the visual inspection
satisfied that there is no leakage, the test can be passed.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 41 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Where the field test pressure less than 2 / 3 work test pressure, the period of test should be increased
to atleast 24 hours. The test pressure shall be gradually raised at the rate of 1 kg / cm² /
min. If the pressure measurements are not made at the lowest point of the section, an
allowance should me made for the difference in static head between the lowest point and
the point of measurement to ensure that the maximum pressure is not exceeded at the
lowest point. If a drop in pressure should be carefully measure. This should not exceed
0.1 Liter per mm of pipe diameter per KM of pipeline per day for each 30 meter head of
pressure applied.
In case of gravity pipes, maximum working pressure shall be 2/3-work test pressure.
The hydrostatic test pressure at works and at field after installation and the working pressure for
different classes of pipes are given.
The allowable leakage during the maintenance stage of pipes carefully laid and well tested during
construction, however should not exceed;

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 42 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

ND P
qL = ---------
115
Where,

QL = Allowable leakage in cm3 / hour

N = No of joints in the length of pipe line
D = Diameter in mm
P = The average test pressure during the leakage test in kg/ cm2

Where any test of pipe laid indicates leakage greater than that specified as per the above formula, the
defective pipe(s) or joint(s) shall be repaired / replace until the leakage in with in the
specified allowance.
The above is applicable to spigot and socket cast iron pipes and A.C pressure pipes,
whereas, twice this figure may be taken for steel and prestressed concrete pipes.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 43 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

LIST OF IS CODES (Relating to Plumbing Works)

Vitreous - IS:2556 - 1974 (Part I)

- IS:2556 - 1981 (Part II)
- IS:2556 - 1984 (Part III)
Cast Iron Cistern - IS: 774 - 1984
Ball Valve - IS:1703 - 1977
Cistern brackets - IS: 775 - 1970

Toilet seat cover - IS: 2548 - 1983

Vitreous China Cistern - IS: 2326 - 1987 uPVC pipes and

fittings - IS: 13592 – 1992 GI pipes and fittings

IS: 1239 cPVC pipes and fittings - IS: 2846

Pipe Threads - IS: 554 - 1985

Malleable Iron Fitting - IS: 1879 - 1987

Cast Iron Sluice Valves - IS: 780 - 1984

Full Way Valves - IS: 778 - 1984
Brass Ferrule - IS: 2692 - 1978
Cast Iron Spun pipe - IS: 3989

Cast (Spun) Iron Fittings - IS: 1538 - 1976

Induction Motors - IS: 4691 - IS: 32

PUMPS AND MOTORS

Centrifugal pump - IS:1520
Electrical motors - IS:7538

PUMPS AND VESSELS :

IS : 1520 Specification for horizontal centrifugal pumps for clear cold fresh
water

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 44 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

IS : 2002 Steel plates for pressure vessels for intermediate and high
temperature service including boilers

IS : 2825 Code for unfired pressure vessels

IS : 4682 (Part 1) Code of practice for lining of vessels and equipment for chemical
processes Part 1 : Rubber lining

IS : 5600 Specification for sewage and drainage pumps

IS : 8034 Specification for submersible pump sets for clear, cold, fresh water

IS : 8418 Specification for horizontal centrifugal self priming pumps

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 45 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

7.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING

7.1 GENERAL :
7.1.1 Inspection and testing shall be done in accordance with the IEE Wiring Regulations, the
requirements of this Section and as indicated.
7.1.2 Inspection shall include a physical check that all equipment has been securely fixed and that all
electrical connections are mechanically sound.
7.1.3 In addition to the test at the completion of each installation, certain tests shall be done during
the progress of the Works as required by relevant clauses of these specifications.
7.2 INFORMATION :
7.2.1 For equipment supplied under the contract, the Contractor shall obtain from manufacturers the
time/current characteristics of all protective devices for automatic disconnection of supply
and provide copies to the Engineer-in-Charge and to the person or persons carrying out
the inspection and testing, in addition to meeting the requirements of clause.
7.3 TESTING METHODS :
7.3.1 The Engineer-in-Charge shall be notified of the method to be used for each type of test and the
notification shall be given not less than 28 days before the final tests are to be made. The
tests shall be carried out in accordance with the methods set out in the IEE Wiring
Regulations, subject to the requirements of following clauses.
7.3.2 For testing, continuity of protective conductors and equi-potential bonding AC source shall be
used unless the Engineer-in-Charge agrees otherwise.
7.3.3 The method used to verify the effectiveness of the protection afforded by a residual current-
operated device shall give the operating time and the current used shall not exceed 100%
of the nominal setting of the device. For a fault voltage operated device, the test voltage
between the exposed conductive part and earth shall not exceed 50 volts. In addition to
the tests simulating an appropriate fault condition, any test facility incorporated in the
device shall be operated to test its effectiveness.
7.3.4 High Voltage tests on LV cables and factor assemblies shall comply with the requirements for
site testing in the appropriate British Standards.
7.3.5 Alternative methods to those set out in the IEE Wiring Regulations may be proposed for the
approval of the Engineer-in-Charge, but they shall be not less effective than those in the
Regulations.
7.3.6 Where necessary to prevent damage to components of equipment, the equipment shall be
disconnected for the duration of the relevant tests.
7.4 POWER CABLES :
7.4.1 Tests shall be made immediately on completion of the installation of power cables to
demonstrate that the phase sequence is correct at all end connections.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 46 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

7.4.2 Where indicated, LV cables shall be tested at high voltage in accordance with these
specifications.
7.4.3 LV cables not required to be high voltage tested, shall be tested for insulation resistance as soon
as their installation is complete. The test voltage shall be 500V DC for installations rated
up to 500V and 1000V Dc for installations rated up to 1000V. Tests shall cover all
permutations between each conductor, screen, metallic sheath, armour and earth.

7.4.4 The over sheaths of cables laid under ground shall be given a voltage withstand test after
backfilling of the trenches is complete but before termination.

7.5 CONTROL AND COMMUNICATION CABLES :

7.5.1 Cables shall be tested as soon as their installation is complete to ensure that the cores are
continuous and they have not been crossed and the insulation resistance is satisfactory.
Insulation tests shall cover all permutations between each conductor, screen, metallic
sheath, armour and earth.
7.5.2 For polyethylene and dry paper-insulated communications cables, the insulation resistance for
each conductor shall be not less than 1500 L mega ohms, where L is the cable length in
Kilometres. The measured resistance of each conductor shall not exceed the calculated
resistance by more than 5%; the calculated value will be made available by the Engineer-
in-Charge.
7.6 CONDUIT AND TRUNKING :
7.6.1 Where conduit is cast in situ in reinforced concrete, it shall be checked for freedom from
blockage and steel conduit shall be tested for electrical continuity as soon as the shuttering
has been removed.

7.6.2 Steel conduit and bus duct systems shall be inspected and tested before any wiring is installed;
under floor ducting shall be inspected and tested before screeding.
7.7 EARTH ELECTRODES :
7.7.1 The resistance of each earth electrode, whether for earthing of protective conductors, lightning
protection or an electrical system, shall be checked immediately after installation of the
electrodes and the results submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge.

7.7.2 Earth Fault loop impedances:

7.7.3 The measured earth fault loop impedance for each circuit shall be checked against the maximum
value as indicated.

7.7.4 Where the maximum value is exceeded the Engineer-in-Charge shall be informed.
7.8 RECORDS AND CERTIFICATES :
7.8.1 Inspection and test results shall be recorded on the forms provided by the Authority. Two copies
shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge within 7 days of each test.
7.8.2 When all inspections and tests results are satisfactory, a Completion Certificate and an
Inspection certificate shall be given to the Engineer-in-Charge not later than the date of
completion of the works. The certificates shall be given in the form laid down in the IEE

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 47 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Wiring Regulations for electrical installations and BS 5266 for emergency lighting
systems.
7.8.3 The values of prospective short-circuit current and earth fault loop impendence at the origin of
the installation shall be recorded on the Inspection certificates.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 48 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

8.0 DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS BY CONTRACTOR

8.1 EXTENT OF PROVISION :

8.1.1 Unless otherwise indicated, the Contractor shall provide the shop drawings and documents
specified these specifications.
8.1.2 General layout drawings shall be drawn to a scale of 1:50 and detailed layout assembly drawings
to a scale of 1:20. If more details is necessary scales of 1:10, 1:2 and 1:1 may be used.
8.1.3 The numbers of sets of drawings and documents to be supplied shall be as indicated.
8.1.4 Shop Drawings And Documents
8.1.5 Shop drawings and documents including diagrams and schedules shall show the details of the
Contractor's proposals for the execution of the works and shall include everything
necessary for the following purposes:
a). To illustrate in details, the arrangement of the various sections of the works and to identify the
various components;
b). To integrate the works with the detail of the building and other installations.

8.1.6 Shop drawings shall include:

a. General layout drawings showing the location of all equipment including cable; cable tray,
conduit ducting and earth electrodes;
b. Detailed layout drawings showing the location of all equipment including cable, cable
tray, conduit and ducting in switch rooms and plant rooms;
c. Assembly drawings of factory Built equipment and site built assemblies;
d. Detailed layout drawings showing the connection of cable and conduit to equipment;
e. Detailed layout drawings showing the connections through ceiling voids and vertical
shafts;

f. System diagrams, circuit diagrams and wiring diagrams for all installations and
equipment.

8.1.7 Diagrams shall comply with relevant IS. Interconnection diagrams shall indicate the type of
cable, conductor size and terminal numbering.

8.2 BUILDER’S WORK DRAWINGS :

8.2.1 Builder's work drawings shall show fully dimension details of all builders work required
in connection with the works together with the overall size and weight of equipment.
8.2.2 Where the Engineer-in-Charge agrees, holes may be marked out on site instead of being
shown on drawings.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 49 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

8.2.3 As Built Drawings:

8.2.4 As-built drawings, including diagrams and schedules shall show all the information
necessary so that each installation can be operated, maintained, inspected and tested so as
to prevent danger, as far as is reasonably practicable. They shall incorporate the
information necessary for the identification of the devices performing the functions of
protection, isolation and switching, and their locations. The value of prospective
shortcircuit current and earth fault loop impedance at the origin of the installation shall be
recorded on the appropriate system diagram.
8.2.5 Circuit details including loading, route, destination and where buried, the depth below
finished ground level shall be shown for each cable, conduit, and ducting. Conductor size
and material and the type of insulation of all cables shall be shown together with the
number of cores in each cable, the number of cables in each conduit, trunking or ducting.
Where identification is by colour of insulation or sheath, this shall be shown. Joints and
draw boxes shall be shown.
8.2.6 Where incoming supply cables are installed by others, they shall also be shown as
described above.
8.2.7 Drawings shall indicate whether conduit or ducting is surface mounted, concealed in
ceiling, spaces in wall chases, in floor screeds or cast in mtu.
8.2.8 All earthing conductors, main equi-potential bounding conductors, main earthing terminal
or protective conductors and supplementary equi-potential bonding conductor shall be
identified with function, origin route, destination, conductor size and material, type of
insulation and where buried, the depth below finished ground level test points shall be
indicated.

8.2.9 Earth electrodes shall be identified to their types, dimensions, material and depth below
finished ground level. The nature of the soil and any treatment that has been given to it or
special fill that has been used in the installation shall be identified
8.2.10 Details of each item of equipment including luminaires shall include electrical
characteristics, classification, degree of protection against ingress of solids and liquids,
class of protection against corrosion and manufacturer's name and reference.
8.2.11 Diagrams shall comply with relevant clauses of these specifications and they shall be
supplemented with physical arrangement drawings to assist the location and identification
of component parts of equipment.
8.2.12 During the course of the works, the contractor shall maintain a fully detailed record of all
changes to ensure that the as-installed drawings are in all respects accurate.

8.2.13 Each drawing shall be in accordance with relevant IS to ensure suitability for microfilming
and shall be on durable translucent material, other than paper, of a standard size AO to A4
in accordance with relevant IS. The words 'AS-BUILT' shall be place in 19 mm block
letters adjacent to the title block of each drawing together with the name of the site and
the section of the works, the title of the installation, the date of completion of the works,
the Authority's contract number and the name of the Contractor.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 50 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

8.2.14 A draft of each as built drawing shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge before final
issue is made.
8.2.15 Maintenance And Operating Instructions
8.2.16 For each electrical installation, system and individual equipment forming part of the
works, the maintenance and operating instructions shall include:
a) A description of the extent and manner of operation, including duration periods of standby
systems;
b) A description of the method used for compliance with Regulation 413-3 of the IEE wiring
Regulations together with time/current characteristics for all protective devices or
automatic disconnection of supply.
c) Copy of the inspection certificate and all the test records.
d) A copy of any certificates of compliance with relevant standards or schemes as may be
required.
e) Comprehensive instructions for the switching on, operation, switching off and isolation,
and for dealing with emergency conditions.
f) Instructions for any precautionary measures necessary.
g) Instructions for servicing, including frequency and materials to be used, to maintain the
equipment in good and safe condition.
h) The names and addresses of suppliers of all major components together with the type and
model reference, serial number, duty rating and the order number and date.
8.2.17 Maintenance and operating instructions shall be indexed and contained in ring binders with
stiff covers. The name of the site and the Authority's contract number shall be printed on
the front and spine with, where more than one volume is necessary, a suitable
identification title. The date of completion of the works shall be included on a flyleaf.
8.2.18 Copies of manufacturer's data may be incorporated to supplement the descriptions and
instructions required in relevant clause but shall not replace them. Only data relevant to
the works shall be included. Where non relevant data appears on the same sheet, it shall
be cleared marked to show that it is not applicable. The data shall be cross referenced
within the text and included in the index; if possible, it shall be contained in the ring
binders, but where this is not possible, suitably protected box files or folder shall be
provided, identified in accordance with relevant clause.
8.2.19 A draft of the maintenance and operating instruction shall be submitted to the Engineerin-
Charge before the final documents are issued.

9.0 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS:

9.1 SCOPE :
9.1.1 Safety procedures as laid down in Indian Standards shall be strictly followed during
erection and commissioning.

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 51 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

9.1.2 The safety provisions required under the IEE Rules shall be provided for which no extra
payment shall be made.

‫٭٭٭ ٭‬

Digitally signed by MAYANK

Signature of Contractor Page 52 of 52 Signature of NBCC
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 NBCC(INDIA)LIMITED

Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA

VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Signature of Contractor Page 1 Signature of NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

SPECIFICATION OF CIVIL & INTERIORWORK

Note: Due care has been taken in preparation of technical specifications of all items of
work. In the event of any ambiguity in specified technical specifications and/or non-
mention of technical specifications for any item of work / system / equipment etc.,
contractor should obtain prior approval from Engineer-in-Charge (EIC) for the technical
specifications of such proposed item of work / system / equipment etc., No claim
whatsoever in this regard shall be entertained.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 2 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR THE Construction of Regional Office

Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)
• The work in general shall be carried out as per the latest CPWD specifications 2019 Vol.
1&2 with up-to-date correction slips, unless otherwise specified in the nomenclature of the
individual item or as specifications shall be carried out as per approved specifications. In
case any item is not covered in any of these documents, the same shall be carried out as
per the latest BIS codes in practice or as per approval of Engineer in Charge (EIC) of
NBCC. Where any portion of special conditions of contact is repugnant to or at variance
with any provision of the with Instruction to Tender and General Conditions of contract
and/or the other documents forming part of the contract then unless a different intention
appears the provisions of the general conditions of Contract shall the other documents
forming part of the contract only to the extent such repugnant/variations in the special
conditions of contract as are not possible of being reconciled with the provision with
Instruction to Tender of General Conditions of Contract and/or the other forming part of the
contract.

• The Electrical works shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications for Electrical works
(Part-I) Internal, 2023 (Part-II) External, 2023 with up to date corrections slips, General
specifications for Electrical works Part-VII (DG Sets) 2013, General Specifications for
Electrical works Part-IV (Substation), 2013; General specifications for Electrical works –
Part-V (Wet Riser & Sprinkler Systems) 2020, General specifications for Electrical works –
Part-VI ( Fire detection & Alarm Systems) 2018, General specifications for Electrical works
(HVAC) 2017 and General specifications for Electrical works (Lifts & Escalators) Part-III,
2003.

• For items not covered under any of the specifications mentioned in tender documents, the
works shall be carried out as per BIS code/manufactures specifications/ General
Engineering practice and/or as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge.

• For Non DSR Items, Technical specifications specified in tender documents shall be
followed.

• Buildings Design, Scheme, Construction shall comply with latest NBC 2016 requirements
with its upto date amendments.

• Guarantee
The Contractor shall guarantee the entire works & services, installation as per specifications both
for components and for system as a whole. All equipment shall be guaranteed for One year from
the date of handed over to the NBCC against unsatisfactory performance or breakdown due to
defective design, manufacture and/or installation. The installation shall be covered by the
conditions that the whole installation or any part thereof found defective within one year from the
date of completion shall be replaced or repaired by The Contractor free of charge as decided by
the Engineer-in-Charge.

CIVIL WORKS

The work shall be executed as per latest CPWD General Specifications as amended up to
date, relevant IS codes, applicable local bye-laws, relevant IE rules, NBC codes and as per
directions of Engineer-in- Charge.
QUALITY ASSURANCE

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 3 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Inspection of Products.
It shall be the Contractor’s duty to inspect all products before incorporation in the works in regard
to their compliance with the Contract Documents and / or with the approved samples. Any
products, which are found to be inconsistent / unacceptable, shall be removed and replaced at the
contractor’s expense.

ALTERNATIVE PRODUCTS.

If The Contractor proposes to use a product which, while suitable for the intended use deviates in
any way from the detailed requirements of the Contract Documents, he shall inform the Engineer-
in-Charge at least 30 days in advance prior to placing of its order so as the delivery schedule is
met with. The notification should be given in writing stating the nature of suchdeviations at the time
the product is submitted for approval of the Engineer-in-Charge, and shall request a written
approval of the deviation from the Engineer-in-Charge. All finished products shall be approved by
the Engineer-in-Charge.

Any additional cost, or any loss or damage arising from the substitution of any product or method
for those originally specified shall be borne by the contractor, notwithstanding approval or
acceptance of such substitution by the Engineer-in-Charge. If substitutions are accepted, The
Contractor shall have the responsibility of coordination with all other work, to ensure compatibility
and fit. No additional time extension would be given in lieu with change of the product.

EXECUTION
Execution shall include all activities such as installation, erection, application and workmanship
required to implement the works within the framework of the contract. The Contractor shall carry
out everything necessary for the proper execution of the works shown and described in the
Contract Documents, or may reasonably be inferred the reform. He shall report in writing to the
Engineer-in-Charge any and all conditions, which may affect the satisfactory execution of the
works or endanger it permanency.

WORKMANSHIP

All Workmanship shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge in the best and
most modern available methods and workmanlike manner, and any work dammed by the
Engineer-in-Charge not meeting the standards specified hereunder or in the Contract Documents
shall be removed by the contractor, and replaced so as to be in accordance with the approved
standards, all at the contractor’s expense. The Contractor shall seek the Quality Certification of
the work from the Engineer-in-Charge at intermediate stages. No extensions would be given in the
final completion time, on account of any faulty works done and the time required to redo /
rectify the same.

MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS

All manufactured products, articles, materials and equipment, shall be supplied, installed,
connected, erected, used cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with the manufacturers written
instructions and directions.

PROTECTION OF THE WORKS

The Contractor shall whenever and wherever necessary cover up and protect the works from
weather and damage by his own or other workmen performing subsequent operations. He shall
provide all necessary dust sheets, barriers and guard rails and clear away the same at
completion.
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 4 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

The Contractor shall take all proper steps for protection of all places on or about the works, which
maybe dangerous to his workmen or any other persons or to traffic. The Contractor shall provide
and maintain warning signs, warning lamps and barricades as necessary. The Contractor shall,
wherever practical, leave on fitting their protective tapes, covering wrappings and corner
protectors and the like after they have been installed until all work in the region of the fittings
has been completed.

RESTORATION AND CLEANING

Upon completion of the works The Contractor shall restore all items covered by the contractto the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.

The Contractor shall allow for regular clearing and clearing away all rubbish and excess material
that may accumulate from time to time, on completion and before handing over. Upon completion
of the works he shall obliterate all signs of temporary construction facilities such as work areas,
structures, foundations of temporary structures, stockpiles of excess or waste materials, or any
other wastages of construction as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. All buildings shall be
cleaned floors, and paving scrubbed and the works and site shall be left in a clean and satisfactory
state for immediate use and occupation. Care shall be taken not to use any cleaning materials,
which may cause damage to the surface to be cleaned.

The Contractor shall also take all necessary precautions to keep the works and site free from
vermin during construction and he shall leave the works vermin free from on completion.

SUBMITTALS
Construction Programme

The Contractor shall, upon appointment to carry out the works, forthwith prepare and submit a
fully detailed programmed for the construction representing units of work in sufficient details for
the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.

Schedules

The Contractor shall, upon appointment to carry out the works, forthwith prepare and submit for
the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge schedule listing the names and addresses of
subcontractors, suppliers and manufactures, the trademarks, types and origin of all products, and
systems he proposed to incorporate in the works, together with all descriptions and specifications
that maybe required in this connection before any appointments are made or orders are placed.

Samples

The Contractor shall furnish for approval with reasonable promptness, all samples as specified or
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge particularly samples of all internal and external finishes
described in the Contract Documents, The EIC / Employer shall check and approve all such
samples recommended and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge with reasonable promptness for
conformance with the design concept of the works and compliance with the information given in
the Contract Documents. One approved sample will be retained by the Engineer-in-Charge and
the remainder returned to the Contractor. All works shall then be in accordance with the approved
samples.

Certificates and Test Reports

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 5 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

The Contractor shall present to the Engineer-in-Charge, prior to delivery, data sheets, test
certificates, technical literature, Packing List etc., confirming that the quality, quantity of products
to be supplied by a particular manufacturer or company for incorporation inthe work complies with
the standards as requirement by the Contract Documents.

Where specified or required by the Engineer-in-Charge, The Contractor shall carry out the
necessary tests / factory visits. The costs and expenses incurred will be borne by The Contractor
and shall be carried out by a testing laboratory approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Copies of test
reports shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge. Sub-standard materials and / or work shall
be removed and replaced to comply with the correct standards at the contractor’s expense.

Project Records

The Contractor shall, at all times, keep at site one copy (in physical form) of all drawings and
specifications, Latest NBC Book, addendum, revisions, variation orders, approved shop drawings
and approved samples together with copies of pubic safety codes and relevant standards
applicable to the works. All such material shall be made available to the Engineer-in-Charge. The
Engineer-in-Charge shall mark the drawings form the set of project records as superseded, when
the revised drawings are issued. The Contractor shall be responsible for the execution of the
work as per latest revised drawings, any work carried out by The Contractor form the old
drawings shall be rectified by him at his own cost.

In addition to The Contractor shall, at all times keep on site a separate set of prints on which shall
be noted neatly accurately and promptly as the work progresses, all significant changes between
the work shown on the drawings and that which is actually constructed.

Manufacturer’s Guarantees

Where special guarantees for periods exceeding the period of Maintenance are required by the
Contract Documents, The Contractor shall obtain a written guarantee, addressed to the Employer,
from the manufacturer or firm supplying the materials, equipments, components and the like and /
or doing the work and shall deliver same to the Engineer-in-Charge prior the issue of the certificate
of completion. The guarantee shall state that workmanship, materials, equipment, components and
the like and / or installation are guaranteed for the specified period from the date of Maintenance
Certificate and that any defect that may arise during the specified period will remain the
Contractor’s responsibility and shall be made good at the expenses of the guarantor / contractor,
upon written notice form the Engineer-in-Charge to do so.

TEMPORARY FACILTIES

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 6 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

The Contractor shall at his own cost, provide, erect or install, maintain, alter as necessary, and
remove on completion all temporary facilities and services including safe access as required by
The EIC for the uninterrupted functioning of the work.

Temporary Roads

The Contractor shall prepare and maintain temporary safe access to basement and other places
as may be necessary form the site to the nearest road and also within the plot. Such safe access
shall be positioned strictly in accordance with the Engineer-in-Charge’s instructions and contractor
shall reduce or control any dust nuisance by spraying with water as directed. The Contractor shall
satisfy himself as to the location and nature of the proposed accesses routes to the site and shall
be responsible for preventing any damage whatsoever to adjacent property and by vegetation and
keeping the access free from debris at all times.

Waste Disposal

The Contractor shall make, maintain and remove on completion at his own cost such temporary
provisions as may be required in order to dispose of any chemicals, fuels, oils, greases,bituminous
materials, waste and soil waste and the like without causing pollution to either the site or the
environment.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 7 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Fire Protection

The Contractor shall provide and maintain adequate fire protection in the form of barrels of water
with buckets, fire bucket, tanks, fire extinguishers, or other effective means of extinguishing fire,
ready for instant use, distributed around the project and in and about temporary inflammable
structure during construction of the works.

Gasoline and other flammable liquids shall be stored in and dispensed from safety containers
approved b the Engineer-in-Charge and storage shall not be within buildings.
Torch-cutting and welding operations performed by The Contractor shall have the approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge before such work is started and a chemical extinguisher is to be available at
the location where such work is in progress.

Sample Room
The Contractor shall provide where directed by the Engineer-in-Charge a storeroom with
appropriate shelving for the storage of a complete set of the approved samples of the project. The
Contractor shall dispose off and remove the samples when directed by the Engineer-in- Charge.

Site Laboratory

The Contractor shall provide and maintain on site, a laboratory adequately equipped with testing
apparatus and facilities relevant for his works such as testing of cement, sand, coarse aggregates,
bricks and blocks, reinforcement, finishing materials etc. as required by the Engineer- in-Charge.

Temporary Hoists and Chutes

The Contractor shall provide, install, maintain and remove material and personnel hoists as
required for normal use by all contractors and employ only skilled operators for them. He shall
provide necessary guards, signals, protective facilities, safety devises and the like required for safe
operation, provide suitable runways from hoists to each floor level and roof, and remove all such
facilities after they have served their purpose or when directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

The Contractor shall also provide and maintain all temporary ladders, ramps, runways, chutes,
derricks, stairs and similar items required for the proper execution and checking of the work
and permit the use of such facilities by other contractors. Hoists and chutes shall be so
constructed as to prevent damage, staining or marring of permanent work.

No materials, rubbish or debris shall be permitted to drop free, but shall be removed by use of
material hoists and / or fully enclosed rubbish chute.

Where required, openings in slabs, walls and partitions, shall be provided for installing large pieces
of equipment. The openings shall be closed and / or made good and finished after the equipment
is in place. Structural modification if required shall be subject to the instructions / drawings of the
Engineer-in-Charge.

Staging and Scaffolding

The Contractor shall provide, erect and maintain all staging and scaffolding (exterior and interior)
for all trades for their use during the construction of the building. Staging and scaffolding shall be
of approved design, erected and removed by experienced stage builders and shall have

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 8 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

all accident prevention devises as laid down in relevant Indian Standards.

Such staging and scaffolding shall be erected in sufficient time and in a proper sequence so as not
to delay the works.

Reference Level Marking and Grid Marking

The Contractor shall provide at all floors including basements reference level marking w.r.t. to FFL
and grid marking on all columns and other locations as directed before and after plaster and the
same shall be maintained throughout the duration of the project at Contractor’s expenses.

Temporary Coverings

The Contractor shall protect finished surfaces, including jambs and soffits of openings, Surfaces
and edges of the floors, slabs and exposed concrete use as passageways or through which
materials are handled against possible damage resulting form the conduct of work by contractors.

Adequate protective material shall be laid under all materials stored on finished surfaces, and shall
be laid before moving materials over finished areas. Wheelbarrows used over such areas shall
have rubber type wheels.

Finished surfaces, including factory finished and job finished items shall be clean and not marked
upon handing over of the building to the employer. The contractor shall without extra
compensation, refinish such spaces where surfaces were proved to have been inadequately
protected, and which are damaged.

As soon as an area of flooring is finished, it all shall be protected by The Contractor from dirt and
damage by covering as necessary with paper or by another approved method. Ceramic tile,
granite stone surfaces shall be covered with 10 to 12 mm thick gypsum plaster and the same shall
be maintained, removed, cleaned and surface brought to required finish on completion.

Waterproofed and roof surfaces shall not be subjected to traffic, not be used for storage of
material. Where some activity must take place in order to carry out the work, adequate protection,
subject to approval by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be provided.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 9 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Temporary Safety Measures

The Contractor shall provide and maintain during the entire contract period all temporary safety
measures necessary for the protection of people, buildings, structures, pavings, kerbs channels,
fences and the like on the site or adjacent properties, and he shall be solely responsible for any
damage to life and property caused as a result of not having taken adequate precautions against
such damage.

Contractor shall provide protected passages under the scaffoldings, to protect the staff and the
passers by against danger.Contractor shall keep the building and the site permanently clean, and
remove all the means causing harm to others during the work process.The necessary emergency
telephone numbers should be written clearly on a board placed in easily visible locations in the
site, such as :

- Nearest hospitals
- Emergency Police
- Nearest fire station.

However, The Contractor shall be held fully responsible for realizing safety for people,
equipment, etc.

PROGRESS AND TECHNICAL MEETINGS

The employer/NBCC will convene regular meetings, which must be attended by The Contractor,
who shall report to the Engineer-in-Charge his progress and all other matters affecting the
construction. The Contractor can convene meetings to deal with the outstanding technicalmatters
if they cannot be dealt with in the regular meetings with Engineer-in-Charge. The content of the
meetings shall be recorded in the form of minutes and an up-to-date weekly progress report must
be attached by the contractor.

SITE RECORDS

The Contractor shall maintain on site a file/s in which records of work done, meetings, site visits,
delays, particulars of the labor force and major plant and equipment are recorded on a daily basis.
A copy of this information shall be made available to the Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor shall
further maintain on site a separate book for the Engineer-in-Charge’s site instructions.

DISTURBANCES

The Contractor shall carry out the works with the minimum of noise and other disturbance to the
premises under the contract and other adjoining premises and occupants thereof. He shall
keep the site, structures and the like well- watered during building operations to prevent dust and
shall provide, erect and remove on completion any necessary temporary dust screens to protect
these occupant

REVIEW AND APPROVAL

All shop drawings and the samples of the work to be executed shall be submitted to the Engineer-
in-Charge for review and approval. The contractor while preparing the bar chart shall take into
considerations the review period by the Engineer-in-Charge which is of 21days.
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 10 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

1. INTRODUCTION

The purpose of this document is to specify the construction specifications for specialized items for the
Construction of Regional Office building at BHOPAL for the NAVODAYA VIDYALA SAMITI(including
Civil, Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing, Fire Fighting, HVAC, Signage & External Development as
mentioned. If the specification for a material/ product is not provided in this document then contractor will
submit the specification for such material/ product and obtain prior approval before use of such material/
product for the works. Any standard items for which specifications are not specified in the document shall
be followed as per latest CPWD Specifications and sound engineering practices, with prior approval from
Concern department.

The Building Design shall be developed to further and completed by the contractor to achieve its function,
performance and quality in accordance with these specifications. The contractor shall validate the tender
drawings against the MEA Requirements and then develop the Designs.

This includes but not limited to:

a) Architectural Planning/ Finishing works
b) Civil & Structural Design
c) HVAC System
d) Internal & External Electrical Systems
e) Internal & External Water Supply and Drainage System
f) Rainwater harvesting
g) Fire Fighting System
h) Lift Work
i) Fire Alarm & Detection System
j) CCTV & Surveillance system
k) Internal & External Signage system
l) Façade Work
m) Artwork
n) Audio Visual system
o) LV system
p) Miscellaneous Work

All related research, survey and other information gathered, organized and performed by the Contractor
should support carrying out the same design along with the requirements described herein. The final
product of all designs, including related structure and services shall be confirmed with best and
appropriate quality and performance in all aspect of function and aesthetics by the Contractor.

Different items of work will be executed by contractor as per following specifications/ latest
amendments upto date shall be applicable during execution: -

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 11 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

S.NO. DESCRIPTION/ITEM APPLICATIONOFSPECIFICATION

1. SUB/SUPERSTRUCTURE

a. Earthworks As per CPWD specifications (Vol. 1 & Vol. 2) –

2019/ AsperMORTH specifications–Fifth
Revision
b. Cement concrete, Plinth Protection As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)– 2019
c. Cast-in-situRCC/RMC As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)– 2019
d. Pre-castconcrete As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)– 2019
e. Waterproofing As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)– 2019
f. Vacuum Dewatered Flooring As per CPWD specifications ( Vol.1&Vol.2)–
2019
2. MASONRY WORK

a. Concrete) Blockwork /SolidCement As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)

Sandwich Panel/Clay Bricks (Class 2019/Tender Specifications & Relevant IS Code.
75)
b. White Cement As per Tender Specification & CPWD
specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)–2019.
Plasticizer, Super Plasticizer, As per Tender Specification & CPWD
c. Admixtures, Other specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)–2019.
constructionchemicals.
3. PLASTERING
12mmthick Internal wall plaster (1:4 As per Tender Specification/ CPWD
ratio),6mm ceilings plaster(1:3ratio) specifications (Vol. 1 & Vol. 2) – 2019.
a. lightweight 12mm Gypsum plaster
innon-wet area
18mm external plaster (12mm1:4& Asper Tender Specification/ CPWD
b. 6mm 1:3) with water proofing specifications (Vol. 1 & Vol. 2) – 2019.
admixture
4. WOODENWORKS, PARTITIONS & DOORS
Woodwork in frames/door and Asper CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)– 2019
a. windows (Second class teak
wood) - Flush Door Shutters, Cup
Board Shutters
b. Steel Fire resistance door with As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol. 2)–
Hardware (Two hrs. Fire 2019/Manufacturers Specifications& Relevant
Rating) IS/ NBC Code.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 12 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

S.NO. DESCRIPTION/ITEM APPLICATIONOFSPECIFICATION

c. Fire rated Glass Door As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol. 2) –

2019.
d. Steel door/ rolling shutter As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol. 2) –
2019.
Flush Door Hardware & Windows As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol. 2) –
e. Hardware 2019.
f. Moisture Resistant Board As per manufacturer’s specification.
h. UPVC Window As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol. 2) –
2019
18mm commercial board paneling As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol. 2) –
g. finished with veneer finish. 2019.
h. Dry wall partition As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol. 2) –
2019.
i. Steel Fire resistance door with As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol. 2)–
Hardware (Two hrs. Fire 2019/ Manufacturers Specifications & Relevant
Rating) IS/ NBC Code.
j. Fire rated Glass Door Asper CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol. 2) –
2019.
k. Steel door / rolling shutter Asper CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol. 2) –
2019.
l. Aluminum Window Asper CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol. 2) –
2019
j. Glass Door Asper CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol. 2) –
2019
6. FLOORING

a. Kota/ indian Stones As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol. 2) –

2019.
b. Double Charge Vitrified Tile/ Anti- CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)– 2019/ As
Skid Vitrified Tile/ Heavy per Tender Specifications
dutyVitrified Tile
c. Ceramic Glazed Tile As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)–
2019.
d. HardCrete Flooring As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)–
2019.
e. ItalianMarble / MarbleStone As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)–
2019.
f. Tile/ AACBlock-Adhesive/ solid As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)–
epoxy grout 2019.
g. Tactile Flooring As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)–
2019.
h. Granite Flooring As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)–
2019.
i. Engineering Woodflooring As per Tender Specification.
j. Carpet flooring As per Tender Specification.
k. Teak Wood Plank flooring As per Tender Specification.
l. Paving Tile flooring (Dropoffarea) As per Tender Specification.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 13 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

7. WALL FINISHES & CLADDING

a. 50 mm thick Short blasted Gwalior As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)–

mint sandstone cladding dipped in 2019.
silane siloxane
b. Premium Acrylic/ Plastic Emulsion As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)–
paints/ Texture Paint/ Others Paint 2019.
works
c. Fire Retardant Paint As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)–
2019.
d. Synthetic Enamel Paint As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)–
2019.
e. Texture Paint on exterior walls External surfaces finished with Texture paint
finish. This stone texture coating ceramic stone
finish, consisting of water based Natural fine
ceramic stone material which is highly abrasion
& scratch resistant, with 6 coat system & PU
Based clear top coat which shall be highly water
repellent, anti-algae & anti-fungal in nature. The
coating shall also cover hairline cracks with
application method which includes Surface
Preparation, 2 coats of two component silicate
based primer (a two-component silicate-based
inorganic polymer undercoat), Making groove, 2
coats of Fine Ceramic Stone finish (wet on wet)
& 2 coats of PU based clear top coat
(Turpenbased, mild solvent, super-dirt resistant
NAD type two pack polyurethane clear topcoat)
complete at all heights. This work shall be
executed by Company authorized /Trained/
Recommended system integrator/installer or as
decided by the Engineer-in-charge
S.NO. DESCRIPTION/ ITEM APPLICATION OF SPECIFICATION

e. Epoxy Paint As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)–

2019.
f. Cement Primer As per CPWD specifications ( Vol.1&Vol.2)–
2019.
g. Cement Paint As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)–
2019.
h. Silicone Weather Sealant/ Structural As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)–
Sealant 2019.
i. OilBound Washable Distemper As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)–
2019.
j. GFRC Work As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)–
2019.
k. Glass Door with A l. frame As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)–
2019.
l. SS Glass Railing As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)–
2019.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 14 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

m. Dry Sandstone cladding As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol.2)–

2019.
n. Terracotta Tile Cladding As per Tender Specification.
o. Quartz Tile Cladding As per Tender Specification.
p. Lacquered Glass As per Tender Specification.
8. FALSE CEILING

a. Gypsum falseceiling in combination As per Tender Specification.

with 600x1200 metal ceilingasper
approved shade and specs.
b. Aluminum Linear open Metal ceiling As per Tender Specification.
of approved RAL shade
Open cell ceiling with perforation As per Tender Specification.
c. (600x600)/ Open ceiling of approved
RAL shade
Aluminium Linear Ceilingof As per Tender Specification.
d. approved RAL shade
e. 600x600 Aluminium grid ceiling As per Tender Specification.
9. ROOFING SYSTEM
a. Multi cell Polycarbonate sheet As per Tender Specification.
10. MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
a. SS Handrail System withglass As per Tender Specification.
b. Vertical Fin Glazing System for As per Tender Specification.
Exterior Work
c. Expansion Joints As per Tender Specification.
d. Cinder Filling (Sunkenarea) As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol. 2) –
2019/ As per Tender Specification.
11. LANDSCAPE WORK

a. Landscape As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol. 2) –

2019/ As per Tender Specification.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 15 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

S.NO. DESCRIPTION/ ITEM APPLICATION OF SPECIFICATION

12. PAVEMENT WORK
a. Bitumen Road Asper CPWD specification Vol.I&II –2019 and
vetted design specifications for vehicle use
(crash fire tender/ bus/ cargoloaded truck)
b. CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT As per CPWD specification Vol.I&II–
(Vehicle Parking & movement 2019 and vetted design specifications for vehicle
areaetc.) use (crash fire tender / bus / cargo loaded truck)
c. Machine Moulded Paver Block As per CPWD specifications (Vol.1&Vol. 2) –
2019/ As per Tender Specification.
Note:
1. Different items of work will not be measured and paid separately. Contractor will quote the total
amount in tender which will include cost of work as per the tender specification and requirement.
2. Unless otherwise described CPWD Specification 2019 Vol.1&2shall be followed.

2. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION (CIVIL)

PREAMBLE
These technical specifications shall be read in conjunction with the various other documents forming the
contract, namely Notice Inviting Tender & Instructions to Tenderers, Conditions of Contract, Special
Conditions of Contract and other related documents, together with any addendum issued thereto.
The absence of terms such as providing, supplying, laying, installing, fixing etc. in the description does not
even remotely suggest that the contractor is absolved of such providing, supplying etc. unless an explicit
stipulation is made in this contract. The owner shall bear no costs of materials, equipment duties, royalties
etc.
In addition to the general obligation of the Contractor during defect liability period, the Contractor shall
guarantee successful performance of specialized items as mentioned in SCC for a period of 10 years (05
years Guarantee Bond of value of 5% of total cost of specialized works + 05 years Corporate Guarantee)
from the certified date of completion of the work. The Engineer shall prescribe the form and the manner of
executing such guarantees. The Contractor here by confirms that there is nothing in the
items/specifications (or a short coming therein) as will prevent such successful performance. The work
shall be executed through approved specialists experienced in the respective trades. Five percent of the
cost of the work shall be withheld which shall be released after Five years. A guaranteed bond for 05
(Five) years shall be furnished by the contractor for these items as per Performa prescribed in the NIT
document and Corporate Guarantee for further 05 (Five) Years.
The specifications may have been divided in different sections/sub-head for convenience only. They do
not restrict any cross-reference. The Contractor shall take into account interrelations between various
parts of works/trades. No claim shall be entertained on basis of compartment interpretations.
Any builder’s work required as part of electrical and other installation shall be executed by the Contractor
as directed under this contract.
The Contractor shall be required to submit and take approval from the Engineer-in-Charge/Consultant of
shop drawings of the items of work specified in the specifications or as directed from time to time. No
extra payment shall be made for the same. Shop Drawings shall be in metric units and shall be prepared
in a format approved by the Engineer-in- Charge.
The Contractor shall prepare and submit as-built drawings by way of making modifications/ changes
carried out with respect to the construction drawings issued prior to the construction of respective

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 16 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

elements. These will be then incorporated by the respective Consultant/ agency in to their drawings for
maintaining necessary records for the Client.
No walls, terraces shall be cut for making any opening after waterproofing has been done without
approval of the Engineer. Cutting of waterproofing when authorized by the Engineer in writing hall be
done very carefully so that no other portion of the waterproofing is damaged. On completion of the work at
such places, the waterproofing membrane shall be made good and ensured that the opening/cutting is
made fully waterproof as per specifications and details of waterproofing approved by the Engineer at no
extra cost. No structural member shall be cut or chased without the written permission of the Engineer.
All materials intended to be used at site shall be tested prior to its use in an approved manner. A list
of tests including frequency of tests on construction materials is included in the specifications. The cost of
all such tests and any other tests felt necessary by the Engineer shall be deemed to be included in the
price of respective materials quoted by the Contractor. Any defective materials brought to the site shall be
removed by the contractor without any extra cost for the same.
Performance tests shall be carried out as the discretion of the Engineer on all/any items, of work as
directed by the Engineer. Should any item fail to pass the tests, the Contractor shall be given opportunity
to take corrective measures and have the same re-tested to the satisfaction of the Engineer, he may at
his sole discretion order dismantling of the whole or part of the works done and order the Contractor to
reconstruct the same. The cost of all these operations and materials shall be borne by the Contractor
without any extra claim.
The Contractor may make a special note of the strictness of the concrete mix to be adopted in items of
maximum water-cement ratio, minimum slump, control of total chloride and sulphate contents, use of
admixtures etc. Minimum cement contents are given purely from durability point of view. Larger contents
shall have to be provided if demanded by mix design.
Provision of cement slurry to create bond between plain/reinforced concrete surfaces and subsequent
applied finishes (floor, plaster, dado, skirting etc.) shall not be paid extra mix design using smaller
aggregate of 10mm down shall also be done in advance for the use in junction having congested
reinforcement.
All full-fledged laboratories shall be established at site to start of construction and shall also stock all
relevant codes like BIS, EN, ASTM, MORTH etc. as per the requirements of the specifications/Technical
specification. The procedure of mixing the admixtures shall be strictly as per manufactures
recommendations if not otherwise directed by the Engineer.
The batching plant for all concrete shall be used. Alternatively, use of ready-mix concrete from an
approved source shall be permitted. Concrete shall be transported using transit mixer of adequate
capacity.
All the water tanks and other liquid retaining concrete structures shall undergo hydro- testing as per
specifications. Special benches shall be provided at site for stacking reinforcement bars of different sizes
as per the specifications.
Form work for beams of RCC areas shall be designed in such a way that the formwork of the adjacent
slabs can be removed without disturbing the props/supports of the beams. Wherever there are tension/
suspended concrete members, which are suspended from upper-level structure members, the shuttering/
scaffolding of such members at lower level shall have to be kept in place till upper level supporting
members gain minimum required strength. Cost of such larger durations of keeping in place the
shuttering/scaffolding shall be deemed to be included in the price quoted for respective structural
members.

3. GENERAL

i. The works will be executed as indicated in the nomenclature and technical specifications as
given here under as made applicable to this contract.
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 17 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

ii. In the absence of any definite provision in the technical specifications contained herein, reference
may be made to the latest CPWD, MORTH, IRC, CPCB, GRIHA, NBC, ICAO Specifications and IS
codes, in that order. Wherever these are silent, the construction and completion of the works shall
conform to sound engineering practice and in case of any dispute arising out of the interpretation of
the above, the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
iii. In addition, to abbreviations CPWD, IRC, MOST, IS, BS, ICAO, ASTM, AASHTO shall be considered
to have the following meaning.
CPWD Central Public Works Department

IRC Indian Road Congress

MORTH Ministry of Shipping & Transport (Road Wing) Government of India.
BIS Bureau of Indian Standards
BS British Standard of the British Standard
ASTM American Standards of the American Society of Testing Materials.
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation
officials.
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board.
GRIHA Green Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment.
NBC2016 National Building Code
iv. All the codes of practice, standards and specifications applicable shall be the latest editions with up
to date correction slips etc. or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charges.

3.1. TESTING
It is made clear that cost of testing, cost of material for testing, all field apparatus required for sampling
and testing as per CPWD/IS codes and manpower incident to such testing will be provided along with
necessary transport arrangement to and from to the approved testing agency or laboratory by the
Contractor during the construction phase of the work and defect liability period. The expenditure in this
regard shall be borne by the Contractor and nothing extra shall be payable by NBCC on this account.
Field laboratory with all the required apparatus and staffs shall be established by the Contractor at site of
work at his cost for carrying out field tests at stipulated frequencies.

3.2. SAMPLING, TESTING AND MOCK-UP

The Contractor or his accredited representative shall be present during sampling/testing and signify his
concurrence for sampling / testing carried out by signing the test records. The Contractor shall be liable of
all actions consequent to the test and their results as if he himself attended to the tests. The Contractor is
duly advised to be present himself for sampling and testing or in the alternative, have fully qualified duly
authorized Engineer for this purpose.

The Contractor or his accredited representative shall prepare shop drawings of all specialized works
thereafter prepare mock-up as per approved shop drawings for specialized works and all finishing items in
specified colours and shade (minimum three options) as specified by Consultant/ Engineer –in – Charge
and shall execute the same based on approved mock-up. The Contractor shall be liable of all actions
consequent to the mock-up and their results as if he himself attended to the mock up. The Contractor is
duly advised to be present himself for mock-up, or alternatively have duly authorized representative for
this purpose.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 18 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

3.3. GENERAL LIST OF CODES, STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS ADOPTED

IN THE TENDER DOCUMENTS.

The following IRC standards and IS, ASTM, British Standards, Codes and CPWD Specifications have
generally been adopted in the tender documents. This list however does not limit the use of any other
relevant code or standards by the Engineer-in- Charge solely at his discretion either referred to in the
tender documents or not, to achieve the desired quality of work. All the codes practice, standards and
specifications applicable shall be the latest edition with all correction slips, etc. or as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge.

NUMBER/ TITLE
DESIGNATION
IRC SPECIFICATION
IRC:10-1961 Recommended Practice for Borrow pits for Road Embankments
Constructed by Manual Operation
IRC:19-1977 Standard Specifications and Code Practice for Water Bound
Macadam (Second Revision)
IRC:SPII-1977 Hand Book of Quality Control for Construction of Roads and
Runways (First Revision).
INDIAN STANDARDS
IRC:383-1970 Coarse and fine aggregate from natural sources for concrete.
IS:456-2000 Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete
IS:460-1985(Part-I to III) Testing Sieves
IS:516-1959 Methods of test for strength of concrete.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 19 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

NUMBER/DESIGNATI TITLE
ON
IS:1124-1974 Method of test for water absorption, apparent specific gravity and
porosity apparent specific gravity and porosity of Natural Building
Stone.
IS:1199-1959 Methods of sampling and analysis of concrete
IS:2386-1963 Methods of test for aggregate for concrete
(Part-I)-1963 Particle size and shape
Part-II)-1963 Estimation of deleterious materials and organic
Impurities.
Part-III)-1963 Specific gravity, density, voids, absorption and
bulking.
Part-IV)-1963 Mechanical Properties
Part-V)-1963 Soundness
Part-VI)-1963 Measuring mortar making properties of fine
aggregates.
Part-VII)-1963 Alkali Aggregate reactivity
Part-VIII)-1963 Petro graphic examination
IS-2720 Methods of test of Soils
Part-II)-1973 Determination of water contents
Part-III)-Section-I 1980 Determination of specific gravity. Section-I Fine grained Soils.
Part-III)-Section-II 1980 Determination of specific gravity fine medium and coarse-grained
Soils
Part-IV)-1985 Grain size analysis
Part-V)-1985 Determination of liquid and plastic limit
Part-VII)-1980 Determination of water content dry density relation using light
compaction.
Part-VIII)-1983 Determination of water content dry density relation using heavy
compaction.
Part-XVI)-1987 Laboratory determination of CBR
Part-XXVII-1977 Determination of total soluble sulphate.
Part-XXVIII-1974 Determination of dry density of soils in place by the sand
replacement methods.
Part-XXIX-1975 Determination of dry density of soils in place by core cutter method.
IS-5640-1970 Method for determining the aggregate impact value of soft coarse
aggregate.
IS:6241-1971 Method of test for determination of stripping value of road
aggregate.
IS:8112-1989 43 grade ordinary Portland cement
IS 1489 (part 1): 1991 43 grade Portland Pozzolana Cement Two parts Polysulphide
IS:12118-1987(PartI&II) based sealants.
IS3812-2003 Fly Ash
ASTM/ BS STANDARDS / SPECIFICATIONS
ASTM:D-1559-1976 Test for resistance to plastic flow of bituminous mixtures using
Marshall apparatus.
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 20 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 21 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

NUMBER/ TITLE
DESIGNATION
ASTM:D-2172-1975 Extraction quantitative, of Bitumen from
bituminous paving mixtures.
ASTM:E-11-39 Sieves for testing purpose “Wire Cloth sieve round hole and
square” hole plate screen or sieves.
BS:410-1969 Test Sieves.
MOST Specification “Specifications for Road and Bridge works” second revision
reprinted in July 1993. Issued by Ministry of Surface Transport
(Roads Wing) and Published by Indian Roads Congress.
ASTM-A653 Galvanized Steel
BS–2989 Galvanized Steel
BS–476 Fire propagation &surface spread of flames

3.4. FIELD LABOURATORY AND LIST OF EQUIPMENT:

The contractor at his own cost shall set up a fully furnished and adequately equipped field laboratory
atsite within 60 days from the schedule date of start of work and maintain the same by providing adequate
technical and upkeep staff. The laboratory should have office space for engineers to do testing and store
for storage of samples. The remaining space shall be provided for the installation of equipment, laboratory
tables and cupboards, working space for carrying out tests, besides a wash basin, toilet facility. The
following minimum equipment shall be provided in the laboratory:

1. Determining Liquid Limit (1completeset):

I Liquid limit device (Casagrande type) 1Set
Ii Grooving tools 1No.
Iii Evaporating dish 1No.
Iv Spatula100mmblade 1No.
V Laboratory balance, capacity 500gm (Sensitivity0.01gms.) 1No.
Vi Washbottle, capacity 500ml. 1No.
vii Moisturecans, capacity50ml. 24 No.

2. Determining Plastic Limit (1 complete set):

i. Evaporating dish 1No.
ii. Spatula 100mm blade 1No
iii. Glassplate 250mmx250mmx 12mm 2No.
iv. Moisture cans, capacity50ml. 12No.
v. Stainless steel rods,3mmdia. 2Nos.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 22 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

3. Determining Moisture Content (1 complete set):

i Micro Oven, capacity 35 litres, control temperature 1No.
Upto200°c
ii Balance, capacity 200gm., sensitivity 0.01gm. 1set
iii Lab.Tongs 1No.
iv Moisture cans 75ml. with lid 36 Nos.

4. Compaction Characteristics (1 complete set):

i Standard compaction mould 100mm dia. 1No.
ii Modified compaction mould 150mm dia. 1No.
iii Standard compaction Rammer,2.5kg. 1No.
iv Modified compaction Rammer,4.5kg. 1No.
v Straight edge 300mm long 1No.
Vi Sample eject or for 100mm and 150mm mould 1No.
vii Sample tray 60x60x8cm 3No.
viii Wash bottle,500ml. 2No.
ix Moisture cans250 ml. 24 No.

5. Density of soil in-place by sand cone method (2 complete set):

i Sand density cone apparatus,150mm 2No.
ii Plate, 300mmx300mm with centre hold 150mm 2No.
iii Glass jug for sand cone 2No.
iv Chisel 25mmx 150mm 2No.
v Hammer 2No.
Vi One-gallon field cans 24 No.
vii Sampling spoon 2No.
viii Soft hair brushes 2No.
ix Moisture cans250 ml. 48 No.

6. Sieve Analysis:
I Sieve shaker (portable) 1Unit
Ii Coarse sieves In Sizes from100mmto 10mm 1Set
Iii Fine Sieves #4, #8, #16, #30, #40, #50, #100, #200each 1Set
iv Pans & Covers as required 1Set

7. Specific Gravity and Absorption of Coarse Aggregate:

I Wire basket,200mmdia. 5Nos.
Ii Heavy duty suspension balance,20kgx1gmwith 1Set
Accessories for weight in water
Iii Suitable water container 1No.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 23 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

8. Unit Weight of Aggregate:

I Balance,100kg. Capacity with10gm.precision 1No.
Ii Tamping rod 16mm diameter x 600mmlong 1No.
Iii Measuring containers (3,10,15,30litres) 1Each

9. Flakiness and Elongation:

i Flakiness gauge, elongation index 1Set
ii Stone Aggregate Impact Value Test Apparatus 1Set

10. Soundness Test:

i Sodium Sulphate 25 Kgs.
ii Soaking tank 1No.
iii Balance, Capacity3kg.,Sensitivity 0.1gm. 1Set
iv Sieves: Coarse 1Set
v Sieves: Fine 1Set

11. Concrete Test:

i Buckets for concrete sampling 6No.
ii Slump cone 6No.
iii Tamping rod 6No.
iv Baseplate 6No.
v Mixing pan for concrete 2No.
Vi Scoop for general purpose 2No.
vii Concrete thermometer 1No.
viii Concrete cube mould150mm 36No.
ix Adjustable spanners for dismantling cube moulds 6No.
X Capping set 2No.
xi Capping compound as required As Required
xii Concrete curing tank with capacity for 60 cubes, 3No.
Temperature Controlled, with circulation system
Drainand lockable cover
xiii Schmidt test hammer 1No.
xiv Compression Testing machine (Electrical/ simple 1No.
hand operated)
xv Mould oil As Required
xvi Temperature chart recorder 1No.
xvii Flexural Strength Testing Machine (if required) 1No.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 24 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

12. Miscellaneous:
i Vernier calipers to measure upto2 00mm with 2No.
Elongated jaws
ii Steelrule, 300mm long graduated 2No.
iii Rubbergloves 10 Pr.
iv Cotton working gloves 6Pr.
v Firstaid kit 1Set
Vi Wire brush 6No.
vii Steel tape, 3m, 5m, 30m 3Nos. each
viii Ballpein hammer 2No.(1Kg)
ix Paint scraper. Approx.100mmwide 8No.
X Float, steel Approx.280mmx120mm 8No.
xi Sack barrow 1No.
xii Shovel: Square Mouthed 1No.
xiii Shovel: Round Mouthed 2No.
xiv 2or4- wheeltrolley, heavyduty, approx.0.7mx1.0mwith 2No.
Long pneumatic tyre type
xv Wheel barrow, rubbertyre 1No.
xvi Comprehensive tool kit. To include screw drivers, 1No.
pliers,
xvii Claw hammer, multi-grips, spanners (adjustable) 1No.
xviii Testing Anvil for Schmidt Hammer test (SHT) 1No.
xix Chart recording paper for SHT 10 Pkt.
xx Cover meter for detecting metal objects to depth of
100mm below the surface of non-magnetic object 3No.
xxi Noise meter 1No.
xxii Speedy moisture meter complete with chemical 2No.

13. Surveying instrument:

i Total station survey equipment complete 2Set

14. Bituminous work testing apparatus (If required):

i Bitumen extraction apparatus 1Set
ii Marshall stability testing machine 1Set
iii Bitumen penetration testing equipment 1Set
iv Field density testing apparatus 1Set
v 3mtrs. straigh tedge 1Set

NOTE:-
1. In additional to tools, equipment, apparatus and instruments as described above, if any, additional

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 25 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

tool equipment apparatus and instrument is required for laboratory and execution of work as per
technical specification of NIT the same shall be provided by contractor. Nothing extra shall be
payable to contractor on this account.
2. The Engineer-in-charge may at his discretion, check the test results obtained at contractor
laboratory by independent test at an approved laboratory. The cost of such material, transport,
cost of testing etc. shall be borne by the contractor.
3. In the event of failure to setup laboratory and provide equipment/ apparatus mentioned as above
or substitute/replaced the equipment/ apparatus on account of maintenance / breakdown Rs.
500.00 per day per equipment / apparatus shall be debited to the contractor’s account.
4. To achieve the scheduled/ Planned progress of work as per completion schedule, additional plants
and machinery if required, to be arranged by the agency and no extra payment to be made on this
account.
5. To Maintain and record of the T&P received & the dates when it has been received at sitealso to
keep track of the receipt of the material at site, workmen / staff deployed works diary shall be
maintained jointly by the Engineer-in- charge and the agency to maintain a daily record of these
activities to form basis of any analysis of this kind or in case any dispute occurs at a later date.

4. WATERPROOFING (MEMBRANE)

4.1. BASEMENT RAFT/ FOOTING

Below Raft / Footings / Grade Slab with mechanically thermofused fully bonded HDPE membrane:
Supplying and installing 1.5 mm composite thick fully bonded weldable HDPE membrane conforming to
IS 16471:2017 requirements of UG waterproofing structures, requirements to provide Type A fully bonded
protection of UG waterproofing structures. The membrane shall exhibit 25years of service life tested and
complied in accordance with EN 13251:2016 durability certification. The membrane should be minimum
2.4 m wide comprising of an HDPE layer and a pressure sensitive adhesive layer which is covered by a
weatherproof protective layer with lap Joint Strength at overlaps>15000N/m ASTMD 6392:2012. The
membrane shall have minimum of 75mm side and end laps which shall be thermoses with leister of all
the joints for assuring water tightness and achieving monolithic membrane. End laps and side laps should
be a minimum of 100 mm with the weld size of minimum60 mm in case of a double weld system,
comprising of two parallel welds of 20 mm wide each with a 20 mm air channel gap in between the two
weld lines. The size of the membrane should not be less than 2.4 Mtrs. x 20 Mtrs. to minimize the joints.
This membrane shall be continued over the vertical surface in case of confined areas, footings, toe
portion and raft sides up to 200mm height above the Raft bottom but terminated minimum 100mm below
the top edge of the raft slab/footings and fixed as per recommendation. The waterpr0ofing membrane
shall have following minimum properties and waterproofing application shall be done by manufacturer
authorized application team who is having minimum 10000 Sqm of Raft waterproofing works done with
HDPE membrane in a single project.

Technical Properties:

PROPERTIES TYPICA LVALUE TEST METHOD

Color White/ Off-white Visual Observations
Roll Size 20mx 2m/ 2.4m/3.0m
Thickness of Composite Membrane 1.5mm ASTMD 3767
Tensile Strength (Average) (Of HDPE 25MPa ASTMD412 Modified
Film)
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 26 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Elongation at break (Of HDPE Film) 400% ASTMD 412 Modified

Low Temperature Flexibility –250CPass ASTMD 1970
Resistance to Hydrostatic Head 70m ASTMD 5385
Modified
Peel Adhesion to Concrete 880N/m ASTMD903:1998
Lap Joint (Side and End Laps)Strength at 15000N/m ASTMD6392:2012
overlaps
UV Exposure 45 Days pass
Puncture Resistance (Of Composite 1000 N(±5to10%) ASTME154
Membrane (Tolerance: ±5% from the
value)

Surface Preparation
1. The area for waterproofing should be protected with proper barricades.
2. The entire area shall be taken up for rough surface preparation and mechanical removal of debris,
laitance, protrusions, etc.
3. Ground water level needs to be kept under the PCC level, continuous dewatering to be done till
completion of concreting.
4. Large honey combs and surface undulation has to be treated asper standard procedure.
5. All concrete surface to be completely cured and surface to be given to receive waterproofing system
as per Consultant’s approval.

Application

A. Horizontal Surface
1. Place the preformed weldable HDPE membrane, 1.5mm thick with HDPE films ide facing onto the
consolidated earth and sand finish facing towards the concrete pour.
2. Ensure the underside of the succeeding sheet is clean, dry and free from contamination before
attempting to overlap. Accurately position succeeding sheets to overlap the previous sheet 75mm
along the marked selvedge.
3. The HDPE membranes shall be welded together by hot-air welding.
4. A thin strip of copper wire shall be placed at the overlap sections by spot welding randomly with a
hand welding machine before welding the joints with double-seam welding machine. (This step
depends on the availability of the machine)
5. End laps and side laps should be a minimum of 75 mm with the weld size of minimum 60 mm in case
of a double weld system, comprising of two parallel welds of 20mm wide each with a 20mm air
channel gap in between the two weld lines.
6. Any minor damages in the laid membrane, the area shall be marked and sealed with another patch of
membrane using single-seam hand welding machine.
7. However, in case of major damage /wrinkles /undulations, cut the adequate area, then removing sand
layer of 75mm around the periphery using hot air gun and an oversize patch of1.5mmthick membrane
shall be provided by using single-seam hand welding machine.
8. On completion of quality inspection of membrane, reinforcement laying for raft slab shall be taken up
and concrete casting for rafts lab shall be done accordingly. During concrete pouring of the raft slab,
care shall be taken by main civil contractor to protect the membrane from pressured needle vibrators.

Method of Application

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 27 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

1. The entire area shall be taken up for through surface preparation and mechanical removal of Debris
and protrusions.
2. Membrane can be applied ambient at temperatures of –4ºC or above. During cold or damp conditions,
the selvedge and tape adhesive can be gently warmed using a hotair gunor similar to remove
moisture or condensation and improve initial adhesion.
3. Place the membrane HDPE film side to the substrate with adhesive/ coated side facing up towards
the concrete pour. End laps should be staggered to avoid a build-up of layers.
4. Leave plastic release liner in position until overlap procedure is completed. Accurately position
succeeding sheets to overlap the previous sheet 75 mm along the marked selvedge. Ensure the
underside of the succeeding sheet is clean, dry and free from contamination before attempting to
overlap.
5. Peel back the plastic release liner from between the overlaps as the two layers are bonded together.
Ensure a continuous bondis achieved without creases and roll firmly with a heavy roller. Leave the
plastic release liner in position until overlap procedure is completed.
6. Vertical Substrates: Mechanically fasten the membrane vertically using fixings (i.e., fasteners)
appropriate to the substrate with the adhesive/coated side facing towards the concrete pour. The
membrane may be installed in any convenient length. Secure the top of the membrane using a batten
such as a termination bar or fixing 50 mm below the top edge. Fixings can be made through the
selvedge so that the membrane lays flat and allows firmly rolled overlaps. Any additional fixings must
be covered with a patch of Tape. Ensure the underside of the succeeding sheetis clean, dry, and free
from contamination before attempting tooverlap. Roll firmly toensure a watertight seal. Roll Ends and
Cut Edges– Overlap all roll ends and cut edges by a minimum75 mm and ensure the area is clean
and free from contamination, wiping with a damp cloth if necessary. Allow to dry and apply Tape
cantered over the lap and roll firmly.

4.2. RETAINING WALL (UNCONFINED AREA)

Providing & applying 2 components, solvent free, liquid applied elastomeric seamless hybrid Polyurea
Polyurethane Membrane, using plural component airless spray equipment, to form a minimum system
thickness of 1.5 mm in two alternative coats with a total consumption of 1.5-1.6 kg / m2. The membrane
shall have 100% Solids, VOC Free, Tensile strength > 15 Mpa as per ASTM D 412, Elongation > 450%
as per ASTM D 412, Static Crack bridging up to 2mm as per ASTM C 836, Shore A Hardness > 85 ASTM
D 2240, Puncture Resistance > 1000 N as per ASTM E 154, Water Head Resistance>7 Barasper ASTMD
5385.The coating should pass Dynamic Crack Bridging as per EN 1062-7, Method B for 20,000 cycles at
-20-degree temperature. The membrane shall be applied on horizontal surfaces and on verticals upto
300mm height above the FFL/ Soil fill level, self-curing for 2 days, there after ponding with water for 2days
to test the water tightness. Apply primer coatofCipoxy 16D by roller/ airless spray, depends on porosity of
concrete. Allow to cure for max 5-6 hours. Broadcast anti slip grains of 200-300 micron (dried sand) on
wet primer at coverage of 0.8-1 kg/m2 and allow to come to touch dry condition. The waterproofing
system should be applied directly by the manufacturer with 10 years of complete system guarantee
against leakage.
The Hybrid PU membrane shall have following technical properties:

Property Test Standard Typical Value

Solid Content (ZeroVOC) ASTMD 2369 100%
Density at 23 degrees ASTMD4669/ISO1675 1.06+/-0.1
Celsius
Gel Time ASTMD412-06 10-15sec
Tack free time at 23OC ASTMD412-06 1min

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 28 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Cured time at 23OC ASTMD 4073 24-hours

Tensile Strength at 23OC ASTMD100 15MPa
Elongation at break at 23OC ASTMD412/ISO527-3 450%
Tear Strength ASTMD 1004 60 Kn/m
Adhesion onconcrete) ASTMD 4541 2Mpa
Static crack bridging ASTMC836 2mm
Abrasion Strength ASTMD 4060 60lossmg
Shore A Hardness ASTMD2240 85
Resistance to hydrostatic ASTMD5385/DIN 7Bar
water pressure 16726
Puncture Resistance ASTME154 1000N
Water vapour permeability ASTME96 25mg/sqm/day
Impact resistance ASTMD 2794 17Nm
Service Range temperature -20to90 degrees
Celsius

Method of Application
1. Concrete substrate compressive strength should be minimum 25 Mpa. New concrete surface needs to
cure for at least 28 days and moisture content should be less than 8 %. Concrete slurry, existing
coatings, dirt, fats, oils, organic substances etc. need to remove by suitable grinding machine.
Possible surface irregularities need to be smoothened. Careful surface preparation is essential for
attaining the optimum properties. Prepare concrete surface profile of CSP-3 to CSP- 5 to achieve
minimum roughness of 75-100 microns suitable for the liquid applied coatings of 1.5 mm thickness.
2. Treatment of Cracks: Cracks on the substrate (wider than 1 mm) required to be open in V-groove
manner (5mm x 10 mm size) by using mechanical cutter, clean the same and seal with the Dr. Fixit
Polyurethane sealant before over coating with waterproofing membrane
3. Priming: On prepared concrete surface apply Dr. Fixit Cipoxy 16D primer. Apply the primer in one
coat as per the application guideline and coverage @ 5-6 m2/ltr. Allow the primer to cure for 4-6
hours. Recommended to broadcast anti slip grains of 200–300-micron thickness (Dry Sand without
any moisture/dust/ dirt etc.) on wet primer at coverage of 0.8-1.0 kg/m2 and allow the same to
become touch dry. Remove unstuck or loose grains and continue to spray the waterproofing
membrane for optimum adhesion property.
4. Apply the waterproofing membrane, when the primer is tack free or before 24 hours from application
of primer. In case if it exceeds 24 hours, then a thin coat of primer is recommended.
5. The membrane must be applied utilizing a high-pressure plural component pump such as Graco
EXP2 or similar reactor equipped with a gun. The application equipment must be capable to have the
capacity to continuously maintain high temperature and high pressure. Low pressures or
temperatures can result in poor mixing of product and subsequent failure of the coating films. Block
temperature (Part A & Part B) +70 to +80 degree Celsius, Hose temperature +70 to +80 degree
Celsius, Mixing ratio 1:1, Pressure 120-150 bar.
6. The waterproofing membrane to be applied to form a minimum system thickness of 1.5mm in two or
more passes in both directions. Mixed material to be sprayed coverage @ 1.6 kg/Sq.mtr to achieve
1.5 mm dry film thickness.
7. Providing and fixing HDPE protection having dimple height of 6 to 8 mm, as a protection board, over
the waterproofing membrane for vertical surface stuck to the membrane by spot bonding method,
using synthetic adhesive with butt joints etc. complete.
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 29 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

8. The waterproofing membrane shall be terminated on the vertical surface. The membrane shall be
terminated either by creating a "U"shaped groove of approx.10 mmx 10mm size with in the RCC
retaining wall, tucking the membrane within the groove, followed by sealing the groove with
polyurethane sealant/ epoxy mortar or alternatively the membrane shall be terminated by fixing a
metal termination bar on the vertical surface, with butyl sealant between the metal plate and wall
surface and sealed on top withP.U. sealant etc. complete.

4.3. PODIUM WATERPROOFING

Applying 2 components, solvent free, liquid applied elastomeric seamless hybrid Polyurea Polyurethane
Membrane, using plural component airless spray equipment, to form a minimum system thickness of 1.5
mm in two alternative coats with a total consumption of 1.5-1.6 kg / m2. The membrane shall have 100%
Solids, VOC Free, Tensile strength > 15 Mpa as per ASTM D 412, Elongation > 450% as per ASTM D
412, Static Crack bridging up to 2mm as per ASTM C 836, Shore A Hardness > 85 ASTM D 2240,
Puncture Resistance > 1000 N as per ASTM E 154, Water Head Resistance> 7 Bar as per ASTMD
5385.Thecoating shouldpass Dynamic Crack Bridgingas per EN 1062-7, Method B for 20,000 cycles at -
20-degree temperature. The membrane shall be applied on horizontal surfaces andon verticals upto300
mm height above the FFL/ Soil fill level,self-curingfor 2days,thereafter ponding with water for 2days to test
the water tightness.Apply primer coat of Cipoxy 16D by roller/ airless spray, depends on porosity of
concrete. Allow to cure for max 5-6 hours. Broadcast anti slip grains of 200-300 micron (dried sand) on
wet primer at coverage of 0.8-1 kg/m2 and allow to come to touch dry condition.
The waterproofing system should be applied directly by the manufacturer with 10 years of complete
system guarantee against leakage.
The Hybrid PU membrane shall have following technical properties:

Property Test Standard TypicalValue

Solid Content (ZeroVOC) ASTMD 2369 100%
Density at 23 degrees Celsius ASTMD4669/ISO 1675 1.06+/-0.1
Gel Time ASTMD412-06 10-15sec
Tackfree time at 23OC ASTMD412-06 1min
Cured time at 23OC ASTMD 4073 24-hours
Tensile Strength at 23OC ASTMD100 15MPa
Elongation at break at 23OC ASTMD412/ISO527-3 450%
Tear Strength ASTMD 1004 60 Kn/m
Adhesion(onconcrete) ASTMD 4541 2Mpa
Static crack bridging ASTMC836 2mm
Abrasion Strength ASTMD 4060 60lossmg
Shore A Hardness ASTMD2240 85
Resistance to hydrostatic water ASTMD5385/DIN 16726 7Bar
pressure
Puncture Resistance ASTME154 1000N
Water vapour permeability ASTME96 25mg/sqm/day
Impact resistance ASTMD 2794 17Nm
Service Range temperature -20to90degrees Celsius

1. Concrete substrate compressive strength should be minimum 25 Mpa. New concrete surface needs to

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 30 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

cure for at least 28 days and moisture content should be less than 8 %. Concrete slurry, existing
coatings, dirt, fats, oils, organic substances etc. need to remove by suitable grinding machine.
Possible surface irregularities need to be smoothened. Careful surface preparation is essential for
attaining the optimum properties. Prepare concrete surface profile of CSP-3 to CSP- 5 to achieve
minimum roughness of 75-100 microns suitable for the liquid applied coatings of 1.5 mm thickness.
2. Treatment of Cracks: Cracks on the substrate (wider than 1 mm) required to be open in V-groove
manner (5mm x 10 mm size) by using mechanical cutter, clean the same and seal with the Dr. Fixit
Polyurethane sealant before overcoating with waterproofing membrane
3. Priming: On prepared concrete surface apply Cipoxy 16D primer. Apply the primer in one coat as per
the application guideline and coverage @ 5-6 m2/ltr. Allow the primer to cure for 4-6 hours.
Recommended to broadcast anti slip grains of 200–300-micron thickness (Dry Sand without any
moisture/dust/ dirt etc.) on wet primer at coverage of 0.8-1.0 kg/m2 and allow the same tobecome
touch dry. Remove unstuck or loose grains and continue to spray the waterproofing membrane for
optimum adhesion property.
4. Apply the waterproofing membrane, when the primer is tack free or before 24 hours from application
of primer. In case it exceeds 24 hours, then a thin coat of primer is recommended. The membrane
must be applied utilizing a high-pressure plural component pump such as Graco EXP2 or similar
reactor equipped with a gun. The application equipment must be capable to have the capacity to
continuously maintain high temperature and high pressure. Low pressures or temperatures can result
in poor mixing of product and subsequent failure of the coating films. Block temperature (Part A & Part
B) +70 to +80 degree Celsius, Hose temperature +70 to +80 degree Celsius, Mixing ratio 1:1,
Pressure 120-150 bar.
5. The waterproofing membrane to be applied to form a minimum system thickness of 1.5mm in two or
more passes in both directions. Mixed material to be sprayed coverage @ 1.6 kg/Sq.mtr to achieve
1.5 mm dry film thickness.
6. Supplying & laying 200gsm Geotextile (non-woven polyester) over the entire membrane on horizontal
area maintaining proper overlaps.
7. Horizontal Slope & Protection: Laying minimum 75 mm THK at drainage point protective concrete
screed of M20 grade of average 100 mm THK with slope 1:100 reinforced with Poly propylene fibre @
0.9 kg / per Cum. After the application of screed, provide control joints by using a saw cutting machine
attached with a 3 mm blade within 18-24 hrs. of application of screed. The panel size for providing
joints should be up to max 15 sq.mt. Finishing. etc., complete.
8. Termination of Membrane at 300 mm on vertical he is waterproofing membrane shall be terminated
on the vertical surface.The membrane shall be terminated either by creating a "U" shaped groove of
approx. 10 mm x 10 mm size within the RCC retaining wall, tucking the membrane within the groove,
followed by sealing the groove with polyurethane sealant/ epoxy mortar or alternatively the membrane
shall be terminated by fixing a metal termination bar on the vertical surface, with butyl sealant
between the metal plate and wall surface and sealed on top withP.U. sealant etc. complete.
9. For landscape areas: Fixing of 10mm thick polypropylene Geotextile laminated dimpled board, of
compressive strength not less than 400kN/m2

4.4. WET AREA WATERPROOFING

Cleaning the internal surface areas thoroughly so that they are free of all contaminants like dirt and
laitance & to remove all the loose materials by various mechanical means. Removal of all surface
imperfections, protrusions, loose concrete & filling of cracks using SBR latex modified Mortar in the ratio
Cement: Sand (1:4) and 5% of -SBR latex by weight of cement.
Apply two coats of acrylic coating by brush or roller. Allow 1st coat/application time to dry for 4-6 hrs
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 31 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

before application of second coat right angles to the first coat.at the rate 1.1 -1.2 litre/ Sq.mt including one
coat of self-primer to achieve 500 – 600 microns DFT. For tile installations bonding directly to the
substrate. Strongly recommended to sprinkle liberally coarse quartz sand (30-60 mesh/250-500 microns)
while second coat is still wet to provide key for subsequent for plaster or tile application, extends the
coating vertically to the higher of 300mm above. Allow to air cure completely for 5 days before tile
installation work is to be begin. Low temperatures and/or high humidity can extend dry times). Allow to dry
completely for 5 days before tile installation work is to begin. Note: Minimum height of waterproofing to
shower area walls is 1800mm above the surface of the shower floor.
Horizontal protection: Laying slope making and protection with 40mm avg. thick of M20 grade fibrated
screed curing as per standard procedure.
Vertical protection: Applying waterproof plastering with CM 1:4 of thickness 20mm for walls admixed with
integral waterproofing compound @ 200ml/bag of cement. The waterproofing system should be applied
directly by the manufacturer with 10 years of complete system guarantee against leakage.
Sealing o fPipe cutouts
Supplying & sealing the Sanitary pipe inserts, provided in the floor & walls with double sided bituminous
tape and supplying & grouting the gaps around the pipe inserts with non-shrink free flow grout.
Technical properties of acrylic cementitious coating-
Property Test Standard Results
Solid Content SS5Part B2 63 ±2
Tensile strength ASTMD412 ≥1.5N/mm2
Elongation at break ASTMD412 ≥250%
Crack bridging EN1062-7:2004 No cracks observed upto 2 mm
width
Adhesion strength ASTMD7234:2019 ≥1.5N/mm2
Water Vapour Transmission ASTME96:2016 15-50g/M2/day
Shore Ahardness ASTMD 2240 ≥55(ShoreA)
Resistance to water DIN1048 Passed no water penetration
penetration
Water Absorption ASTMD471 Complies

Method of Application
1. It is important that any pipe inserts or sanitary fittings should have been fitted grouted with grout 10M,
non-shrink grout from the, well before taking up the application.
2. Grout pipe inserts using Bathseal Tape and grout 10M.
3. It Is mandatory that all works of plumbing and sanitation must be complete before taking up
application of waterproofing membrane.
4. Mix the prepacked solution, using slow speed mechanical mixer in a slow speed in a clean container.
5. Stir till smooth and homogeneous slurry, without any lumps, is achieved do not Dilute with water.
6. All corners, coving, drainage flange, & PVC pipes joints must be sealed with liberal amount of solution
sandwich with 40 Gsm Geotextile fleece fabric minimum 100 mm wide. Wait until firstcoat is dry then
apply the second coat to completely embed membrane with fleece fabric. Ensure reinforcing fleece
fabric is fully wetted out and free from creases &/or air pockets.
7. Primeall surfaces toreceivea self-priming coat, with 50% dilution withwater should be applied at the
rate of 8-10 Sq.mt /ltr before application of undiluted 2 coats. In a clean pail, mix at low speed to
obtain a lump-free solution. Allow the primer to cure for 4-6 hrs.
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 32 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

8. Apply two coats of waterproofing membrane, by brush or roller. Allow 1st coat/application time to dry
for 4- 6 hrs before application of second coat right angles to the first coat.at the rate 1.1 -1.2 litre/
Sq.mt including one coat of self-primer to achieve 500–600 microns DFT. For tileinstallations bonding
directly to the substrate Strongly recommended to sprinkle liberally coarse quartz sand (30-60
mesh/250-500 microns) while second coat is still wet to provide key for subsequent for plaster or tile
application, extends the coating vertically to the higher of 300 mm above. Allow to air cure completely
for 5 days before tile installation work begins.
9. Low temperatures and/or high humidity can extend dry times). Allow to dry completely for 5 days
before tile installation work is to begin. Note: Minimum height of waterproofing to shower area walls is
1800 mm above the surface of the shower floor.
10. Pond test shall be carried out only after 5 days of air curing / drying of waterproofing system, with 25
mm water for 2 days.

4.5. STP/WTP AREA WATERPROOFING

Double component Cementitious coating: Internal Side-Cleaning the internal surface areas thoroughly so
that they are free of all contaminants like dirt and laitance & to remove all the loose materials by various
mechanical means. Removal ofallsurface imperfections, protrusions, loose concrete & filling of cracks
using SBR latex modified Mortar in the ratio Cement: Sand (1:4) and 5% by weight of cement.
Grouting at construction joints with cementitious, grout into each nozzle (1 mtrs c/c) at regularintervals as
per the requirements. Applying 3 coats of two component polymer modified cementitious coating of
tensile strength of 1.0 N/Sq.mm as per ASTM D 412, elongation of 120% as per ASTM D 412, crack
bridging of 2mm as per EN 1062-7:2004, resisting 5 bars hydrostatic pressure as per DIN 1048 applied@
3.6 kg/sq.mtr all over the slab including the angular fillets and extendable over the vertical walls.
Finally sprinkling sand over the second coat for better adhesion with plaster. The interval between each
coat of coating application is 6-8 hrs. A Fibre mesh has to be placed in between the second and third coat
of the polymer modified cementitious coating. The waterproofing system should be applied directly by the
manufacturer with 10 years of complete system guarantee against leakages.
Applying 15-20 mm thick CM 1:4 for plastering admixed with integral waterproofing compound admixed @
0.2litre/bag of cement as per manufacturer's specifications including curing etc.
Additional for potable water tanks-
Over theplaster providing &applying two coats ofantibacterial antifungalfood grade epoxy coating at a
consumption of @250/Gms/sq.mtr as per CFTRI 21 CFR 175 - 300 of US - FDA, Water absorption nil as
per ASTMC 870:90, adhesion strength of 2.5 N/mm2 as per ASTM D4541:02 applied with an interval of 6-
8 hrs. Between each coat over the cured plastered surface as per manufacturer’s instruction.

Additional for STP tanks

Over the plaster providing & applying 2 coats of Coal Tar Epoxy at a consumption of @500/Gms/sq.mtr
with Bonding / adhesion of 1.2 to 1.4 N/mm2 as per ASTM D 4541, Water resistance, immersion – 7 days
passes as per ASTM D 870-09, Chemical resistance, immersion in dilute acid alkali & salts olutions –
7days-Passes as per ASTM 868 as per manufacturer's instruction.
The waterproofing system should be applied directly by the manufacturer with 10 years of complete
system guarantee against leakage.
Technical properties of acrylic cementitious coating-

Property Test Standard Results

Tensile strength ASTMD412 1.0N/Sq.mm
Elongation at break ASTMD412 120%minimum

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 33 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Crack bridging EN1062-7:2004 No cracking upto 2mm

Adhesion strength ASTMD 4541 0.8N/sq.mm Minimum
Water Vapour Transmission ASTME96:2016 0.7 Perms
Reductionin Rapid Chloride,% ASTMC1202:2019 70
Food grade certification CFTRI certification Passes
Pot life of the mix @30oC 60minutes
pH of the mix >10.0
Water permeability (5bar pressure) EN12390-8:2019 Pass

Food grade epoxy coating for potable watertanks

Applying two coats antibacterial antifungal foodgrade coating withan interval of 6-8hrs. Between each
coat over the cured plastered surface as per manufacturer’s instruction
The Food grade epoxy coating shall have following typical properties:

Property Test Standard Results

Nature Two components
Mixing ratio, By weight 1:1:1
(Base: Hardener: Water)
Adhesion strength ASTMD 4541 2.5N/sq.mm
Food grade certification CFTRIasper21CFR 175 - 300 of Passes
US-FDA

STP Tanks-Coal Tar Epoxy Coating

Laying 2 component Coal Tar Epoxy in two coats at a consumption of 2.5-3.25sq.mtr/Kg for 2 coats @
150–200-micron DFT as complete as per manufacturer's instructions.
Property TestStandard Results
Bonding/ adhesion, N/MM2 ASTM: D4541 1.2-1.4
Flexibility, Mandreltest ASTM: D522–93 No cracking of film
Chemical resistance, ASTM: C868 Passes
immersion indilute acid
alkali & salt solutions – 7
days

Method of Application
1. Ensure a properly clean, sound & levelled substrate, as they should be free from oil, grease, dust &
debris. Ensure that the moisture content is less than 10%.
2. Make surface smooth, even & free from local depressions with sand –cement mortar modified with
SBR latex and cure it for minimum 3 days.
3. The slurry to be grouted is prepared as per the mixing instructions with non-shrink compound for
cementitious grout. Carry out injection grouting either by gravity or with grouting pump using the
mixed material. Allow it to cure for at least 24 hrs.
4. Clean the surface again thoroughly to make free from dirt, dust laitance etc and saturate the cleaned
concrete surface with ample amount of water.
5. Apply first coat of acrylic coating on all the surfaces as per instructions & cure it for 6-8Hrs.
6. Apply the second coat of Acrylic cementitious coating overthe properly cured first coatand let the
complete treatment air cure for 7 days.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 34 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

7. Provide a protection layer over the waterproofing treatment with a 15-20mm sand cement plaster
admixed with integral waterproofing compound as per instructions & cure it for 7 days.
8. Mix the components of food grade coating as per the instructions given & apply two coats on all the
plastered surfaces by brush with an interval of 6-8 hrs between each coat.

4.6. TERRACE AREA WATERPROOFING:

Foam shield is a two component CFC & HCFC Free, polymeric MDI based system for producing rigid
polyurethane foam by spray application. Supply & spray apply minimum 65 mm THK (For U value = 0.33
W/m2 KasperECBC 2017 guidelines),Foam shield, two component, hydro- fluorocarbon (CFC & HCFC
free) blown, polymeric M.D.I. based system for producing rigid urethane insulation & waterproofing foam
conforming to IS 13205 : 1991, having core density of 45-50 kg/m3 as per ASTM D 1622, and thermal
conductivity (K value) of 0.023 - 0.024 W/mK, with 2- component Graco or equivalent compressor
enabled spray machine heated at 80 deg C as per manufacturer's specification etc.,complete.The
Foamshield PUF shall have Compressive strength >300 Kpaasper ASTMD 1621,Tensile strength>
400Kpa as per ASTMD 1623,Closed cellcontent> 95% as per IS 11239 Part5, 1985 & ASTM D6226,
Water absorption < 3% as per ASTM D 2842-06, Fire resistance conforming to Class - B2 as per DIN
4102, Dimension stability (linear Change in %) +2% as perASTM D2126.
The waterproofing system should be applied directly by the manufacturer with 10 years of complete
system guarantee against leakage.
The PU Foam membrane shall have following technical properties:
Property Test Standard Results
Density ASTMD 1622 45-50kg/m3
Compressive ASTMD1621 >300kPa
strength
Thermal ASTMC158 ≥ 0.023
conductivity
Water Absorption ASTMD 2842 <5%
Closed Cell IS11239 Part5,1985 & ASTM >90%
Content D6226
CFC&HCFC free Free
Dimensional ASTMD 2126 ±2
stability
Flammability DIN4102 B2

Method of Application

SURFACE PREPARATION:
1. The substrate must be free from dust, oil, grease and loose particles.
2. The substrate must be thoroughly cleaned, preferably with mechanical means to get rid of the dust
and loose particles.
3. The oil and grease on the substrate must be treated de-greased with suitable solvents.
4. Any surface cracks and undulations cracks and crevices must be treated with sand and cement
mortar mixed with latex polymers such as Dr Fixit Pidicrete URP / Dr Fixit Pidicrete MPB.

APPLICATION EQUIPMENT
1. Transfer pumps are recommended for material transfer from container to proportioner. Theplural

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 35 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

component proportioner must be able to supply each component within ± 2% of the desired mixing
ratio by volume.
2. Hose heaters to be set to deliver the material between a temperature range of +50°C to+55°Cto the
spray gun.
3. Optimum hose pressure and temperature to vary with equipment manufacturer, type, substrate
temperature, ambient temperature & specific application.
4. Applicator to interpret the machine details, product details & surrounding details to arrive at
acceptable gun chamber size, material pressure and proportioner output.
5. Selecting the proper chamber size and proportioner’spre-heaters is critical.
6. Mechanical purge spray guns (specifically direct impingement type o rDI type) are recommended for
highest foam quality.

APPLICATION DETAILS:
1. Ambient air temperature, wind velocity, substrate temperature & substrate moisture are critical
determinants of Foam quality.
2. Applicat or must recognize and anticipate climatic conditions prior to application to ensure the
highest quality of Foam and to maximize yield.
3. The substrate moisture content must not be more than 4% while spraying.
4. Optimum results are obtained when the spray application is carried out when ambient air
temperature and substrate temperature falls between +20 °C and +48 °C. Higher the better in terms
of yield.
5. Variation in the ambient air and substrate temperature will influence the chemical reaction. This will
directly affect the foam expansion rate amount of rise, yield, adhesion and physical properties.
6. Polyurethane Foam is formed when the two components are sprayed (base and activator) to form a
monolithic seamless layer of rigid foam.
7. The Foam achiev edits 90% strength with in four hours after spraying.
8. As the product adheres to the vertical or horizontal surfaces a monolithic surface is achieved.
9. Foam needs to be protected with a waterproofing system and must not be allowed to keep exposed
for more than 48 hours.

FOAM WITH SINGLE COMPONENT PU

Description: Flexi PU 270(I) is a premium, liquid-applied, highly permanent elastic, cold applied and cold
curing, one component Polyurethane membrane used for long-lasting waterproofing. The Dr.Fixit Flexi PU
270(I) is based on pure elastomeric hydrophobic Polyurethane resins, which result in excellent
mechanical, chemical, thermal and natural element resistance properties cure by reaction with ground
and air moisture.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 36 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Method of Application:
1. Surface Preparation: Cleaning and preparation of surface with the help of wire brush or grinder. Wash
the roof with clean water. Remove all loose concrete, grease, oil using wire brush, and scrubber. All
visible horizontally and vertical cracks in concrete more than 0.50mm width should becut and open up to
6 – 10 mm in U shape and fill withPU Sealant with suitable primer. Sealing the pipe inserts, annular
space, bore pack around G.I. / PVC pipes etc. in the floor & walls with 1.5 mm thick two-sided non-
reinforced polymerized bituminous self- adhesive Bath seal Tape to seal the joint between pipes/inserts
and the core cuts. Grouting the gaps with non- shrink grout 10M / Micro Concrete. The concrete should
be completely cured (concrete curing takes typically 28 days) and surface moisture content should not be
more than 8%.
2. Construction joints and angle fillet: Cleaning and making necessary surface preparation to remove any
dust and laitance etc., chasing open the construction joints and sealing the same to form a U shaped
groove of approx. 20mm width and 10mm depth, using PU Sealant, carrying out injection grouting at the
construction joints, honeycombs, etc., by injecting cement slurry grout admixed with Pidicrete AM
expandable grout additive to full saturation wherever necessary, including corner treatment at all locations
by cutting grooves of approx. 20 mm width and 20 mm depth, cleaning and filling with polymer modified
mortar.
3. Waterproof strip coating at the RCC mother slab: Apply 2 coats of a single component PU based cold
applied seamless waterproofing membrane over the above the primed surface with PU/Epoxy primer
Layer, coverage at the rate 2.3 - 2.5 kg/m2 in 2-3 coats to achieve DFT of 1.5 mm. The PU membrane
shall be terminated 300mm above FFL, self-curing for 5 days, then ponding with water for 24 Hrs. to
check water tightness up to 50 mm. The Waterproofing material shall have Solids > 85% ASTMD
6511,Tensile strength> 2Mpaas per ASTM D 412, Elongation> 400% as per ASTMD 412, crack bridging
upto3.2mm,ShoreA Hardness>68 asper ASTMD2240,Adhesion to concrete >1.5Mpa asper ASTMD
903,Water vapor permeability >25gm/m2/day asperISO9932:91, Adhesion in peel after water immersion
5.2 N as per ASTM C 794, Water Head Resistance 50M as per DIN 1048.
4. Insulation Layer: Supply & spray apply minimum 65 mm THK (For U value = 0.33 W/m2K as per ECBC
2017 guidelines), Foam shield, two component, hydro- fluorocarbon (CFC & HCFC free)blown, polymeric
M.D.I. based system for producing rigid urethane insulation & waterproofing foam conformingtoIS
13205:1991,havingcoredensity of 45-50kg/m3as per ASTM D 1622,andthermal conductivity (K value) of
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 37 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

0.023 - 0.024 W/mK, with 2- component Graco or equivalent compressor enabled spray machine heated
at 80 deg C as per manufacturer's specification etc, complete. The Foam shield PUF shall have
Compressive strength > 400 Kpa as per ASTM D 1621, Tensile strength> 400 Kpa as per ASTM D 1623,

Closed cell content > 95% as per IS 11239 Part5, 1985 & ASTM D6226, Water absorption < 3% as per
ASTM D 2842-06, Fire resistance conforming to Class - B2 as per DIN 4102, Dimension stability (linear
Change in %) +1.5% as per ASTM D2126.
5. Waterproof coating over PU Foam: Apply 2 coats of, a single component PU based cold applied
seamless waterproofing membrane over the above the primed surface with PU/Epoxy primer Layer,
coverage at the rate 2.3 - 2.5 kg/m2 in 2-3 coats to achieve DFT of 1.5 mm. The PU membrane shall be
terminated 300mm above FFL, self-curing for 5 days, then ponding with water for 24 Hrs. to check water
tightness up to 50 mm. The Waterproofing material shall have Solids > 85% ASTM D 6511, Tensile
strength >2 Mpa as per ASTM D 412, Elongation > 400% as per ASTM D 412, crack bridging up to 3.2
mm, Shore A Hardness > 68 as per ASTM D 2240, Adhesion to concrete > 1.5Mpa as per ASTM D 903,
Water vapor permeability > 25gm/m2/day as per ISO 9932:91, Adhesion in peel after water immersion 5.2
N as per ASTM C 794, Water Head Resistance 50M as per DIN 1048.
6. Protection of screed: Laying 150 gsm Geotextile (non-woven polyester) over the entire membrane on
horizontal areas maintaining proper overlaps.
7. Horizontal Slope & Protection: Laying minimum 75mm THK at drainage point protective concrete
screed of M20 grade of average 100mmTHK with slope1:100 reinforced with Polypropylene [email protected] kg
/ per Cu.m. After the application of screed, provide control joints by using a saw cutting machine attached
with a 3 mm blade within 18-24 hrs. of application of screed. The panel size for providing joints should be
up to max 15 sq.mt. Finishing. etc., complete.
8. Vertical Protection: Over the waterproofing membrane apply a coat of Epoxy bonding Agent
conformingtoShear Bond strengthas per ASTMC 881.Sprinkle fines and over the primed surface at 2 –
3Kg/sqm when the bonding agent is wet. Allow it to dry to form firm key for the plaster. Providing& laying
15mm THK protective plaster of C: M – 1:4 admixed with integral waterproof compound conforming to IS
2645:2003, proof LW+ @ 220ml per bag of cement, over the waterproofing membrane for vertical
protection including application of epoxy bonding agent conforming to ASTM C 881 and sprinkling of sand
to create key for the plaster.

Application Photos

5. AAC BLOCK MASONRY WORK:-

Terminology
For the purpose of, Autoclave Aerated Concrete Block masonry work, the following definitions shall apply:
1. Autoclaved -Steam curing of concrete Products, sand lime bricks, asbestos cement products, hydrous

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 38 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

calcium silicate insulation Products, or cement in an autoclave at maximum ambient temperatures

generally between 1700C to 2150C.
2. Block - A concrete masonry unit, any one of the external dimensions of which is greater than the
corresponding dimension of a brick as specified in IS : 3952-1978 and of such size and mass as to
permitit to be handled by one man.Further more, to avoid confusion with slabs and Panels,the height of
the block shall not exceed either its length or six times its width.
3. Block Density - The density calculated by dividing the mass of a block by the overall volume, including
holes or cavities and end recesses.
4. Drying Shrinkage - The difference between the length of specimen which has been immersed in water
and then subsequently dried to constant length, all under specified conditions; expressed as a percentage
of the dry length of the specimen.
5. Gross Area-The total area occupied by a block on its loading face, including areas of the cavities and
end recesses.
6. Height-The vertical dimension of the exposed face of a block, excluding any tongue or other device
designed to provide mechanical keying
7. Length - The horizontal dimension of the exposed face of a block excluding any tongue or other device
designed to provide mechanical keying.
8. Width -The external dimension of a block at the bedding plane, measured at right angles to the length
and height of the block.

Dimensions & Tolerances:

Autoclave Aerated Concrete Block shall be made in sizes and shapes to fit different concrete needs. They
include stretcher, corner, double corner or pier, jamb, header, bull nose, partition block and concrete floor
units. Autoclave Aerated Concrete Block shall be referred to by its normal dimensionthe term ‘normal’
means that the dimension includes the thickness of the mortar joints. The actual dimension shall be
10mm short of the normal dimension (or 6mm short in special areas finer joints as specified).
The normal dimension of the concrete block shall be as follows: -
Length: 400, 500 or 600 mm
Height: 200, 250 or 300mm
Width: 100,150, 200 or 250mm
Inaddition, Autoclave Aerated Concrete Block shall be manufactured in half length of 200,250or300 mm
correspond to the full length

Masonry Work
The nominal dimensions of the units are so designed that taking account of the thickness of mortar joints,
they will produce wall length sand heights which will conform to the principles of modular co- ordination.
Block of sizes other than those specified above, may also be used if so, specified in the case of special
Autoclave Aerated Concrete Block such as jalli or screen wall and ornamental block the specified size
may not necessarily apply.
The maximum variation in the length of the Autoclave Aerated Concrete Block shall not be more than
plus/ minus 5mm and maximum variation in the height and width of Autoclave Aerated ConcreteBlock, not
more than plus/minus 3mm.
The faces of Autoclave Aerated Concrete Block shall be flat & Rectangular, opposite faces shall be
parallel and all arises shall be square. The bedding surfaces shall be at right angle to the face of the
Blocks.
The Autoclave Aerated Concrete Block with special faces shall be manufactured and supplied if so
specified. The autoclaved Autoclave Aerated Concrete Block shall be classified in two grades according
to their compressive strength as indicated in table:

Table-A
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 39 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

S.No. Densityinovendry Compressive Strength (Min) Thermal Condition

condition (Kg/m2) Grade-I Grade-II in Air dry condition (
(N/mm2) (N/mm2) W/m.k)
1 451to550 2.00 1.50 0.21
2 551to650 4.00 3.00 0.24
3 651to750 5.00 4.00 0.30
4 751to850 6.00 5.00 0.37
5 851to1000 7.00 6.00 0.42

Materials:
1. Cement complying with any of the Indian Standard may be used as per the direction of the
manufacturer.
2. Use of Flyash conforming to IS3812-1981 may be permitted to a limit of 20% in cement conforming to
IS 269-1976.
3. The lime shall satisfy the requirement for class C lime specified as IS712-1973.
4. The aggregate used for the manufacture of Autoclave Aerated Concrete Block shall conform to the
following requirements.
(a) Sand-Conforming to IS 383-1970 except for the grading which may be made to suit the product and
silica content shall not be less than 80%.
(b) Flyash–Conforming to IS3812-1981 with loss on ignition not more than6%.
5. The water used in the manufacture of Autoclave Aerated Concrete Block shall be free from matter
harmful to concrete or reinforcement or matter likely to cause efflorescence in the block and shall meet
the requirements of IS 456-2000.
6. Additives and Admixtures may be added either as additives to the cement during manufacturing or as
additive or admixtures to the concrete mix. Additive or admixtures used in the manufacture of concrete
block may be (a) Accelerating, water reducing and air –entraining admixtures conforming to IS 9103-1979
(b) Water proofing agent conforming to IS 2645-1975(c) Colouring pigments

Physical requirements:
1. All Autoclave Aerated Concrete Block shall be sound, free of cracks or other defects which inter fere
with the proper placing of block units, impair the strength or performance of the construction.
2. Where block units are to be used in exposed wall construction, the face or faces that are to be exposed
shall be free of chips, cracks or other imperfections except that if not more than 5% of a consignment
contains slightcracks or small chippings not larger than 25mm, this shall notbedeemed grounds for
rejection.
3. Dimensions- The maximum variation in the length of the Autoclave Aerated Concrete Block shall not be
more than plus/minus 5mm and maximum variation in the height and width of Autoclave Aerated
Concrete Block, not more than plus/minus 3mm.
4. Block Density - The Block density shall conform to the requirements specified in table -A above
mentioned.
5. Compressive Strength - The min. compressive strength being the average of twelve block units shall
be as prescribed in table -A above mentioned.
6. ThermalConductivity - The thermal conductivity shall be not exceeding the values specified in table of
para 6.14.3 when tested accordance with para 6.14.6(3)
7. Drying Shrinkage – the drying shrinkage shall be not more than 0 .05% for grade –1 block and 0.10%
for grade-2 block when tested accordance with para 6.14.6(4)

Tests:-

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 40 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

1. Block Density- The block density shall be determined in the manner described in IS 6441 (part-1) -
1972
2. Compressive Strength- The compressive strength of block shall be determined in accordance with IS
6441 ( part-5) -1972
3. Thermal Conductivity- The thermal conductivity of block shall be determined in accordance with IS
3346 -1980
4. Drying Shrinkages-The drying shrinkage of block shall be determined in the manner described inIS
6441 ( part-2) -1972

Sampling:-
1. Lot - In any consignment, all the blocks of the same size and from the same batch of manufacture shall
be grouped together into a minimum number of groups of 10000 blocks or less. Each such group shall
constitute a lot.
2. From each lot, a sample of 24 blocks shall be selected at random. The required numbers of Blocks
shall be taken at regular intervals during the loading of the vehicle or unloading the vehicles depending on
whether sample is taken before delivery or after delivery. When this is not practicable, sample shall be
taken from the stack in which case the required number of blocks shall be taken at random from across
the top of the stacks, the sides accessible and from the interior of the stacks by opening trenches from the
top.
3. The sample of blocks shall be marked for future identification of the consignment it represents. The
blocks shall be kept under cover and protected from extreme conditions of temperature, relative humidity
and wind until they are required for test. The tests shall be undertaken as soon aspracticable after the
sample has been taken.

Number of tests: -
1. All the 24 Blocks shall be checked for dimensions and inspected for visual defects.
2. Out of the 24 blocks, 12 blocks shall be subjected to the test for compressive strength, 3 blocks to the
test for density, 3 blocks to the test for thermal conductivity and 3 blocks to the test for drying shrinkage.
The remaining 3 blocks shall be reserved for re-test for drying shrinkage if a need arises.
3. The samples of AAC blocks (each sample consisting of 6 specimen) shall be chosen randomlyfrom the
lot procured and tested for various parameters specified in para 6 above. One samples shall be tested for
every 100cum or part thereof. However, minimum one sample shall be tested from each lot received at
site if the quantity procured in the lot is less than 100 cum. If required, Engineer-in- Charge or his
authorized representative shall inspect the factory during production of the material for this work and also
collect samples (of materials used formaking AAC blocks and precast AAC blocks) from the factory itself.
The contractor shall consider this contingency also while placing the order with one of the approved firms.
Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.

Manufacturer’s Certificate: -
The manufacturer shall satisfy himself that the masonry units conform to the requirements of this
specification and, if requested, shall supply a certificate to this effect to the purchaser or his
representative.

Independent Tests: -
If the purchaser or his representative requires independent tests, the samples shallbe taken before or
immediately after delivery, at the option of the purchaser or his representative and the tests shall be
carried out in accordance with this specification.
The manufacturer shall supply free of charge the units required for testing.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 41 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Storage:
General requirements of storage of autoclaved cellular (aerated) concrete blocks shall be as described in
IS : 4082-1977*.

Marking:
Each lot of concrete masonry units manufactured in accordance with this specification shall be suitably
marked with information-
(i) The identification of the manufacture
(ii) The grade and block density of theunit
(iii) The month and yearof manufacturing
Each bloc kmay also be marked with the ISI Certification mark.
The R.C C bend shall be provided on 150mm /230mm/300mm thick masonry to increase the strength and
compatibility. The RCC bend shall be provided at sill level and at lintel level over throughout the wall. This
thickness of the bend shall be approved by the Engineer in charge or as specified in drawing. The
payment of RCC bend and reinforcement shall be paid separately. Autoclave Aerated Concrete Block
masonry shall be provided with polymer modified adhesive mortar. The polymer modified adhesive mortar
shall be provided @ 30 kg per cum or with cement mortar 1:4(1 cement: 4 coarse sand).
Autoclave Aerated Concrete Block with 100 mm thick masonry shall be provided with two number 6mm
dia reinforcement steel bar at every third course. The payment of reinforcement shall be paid separately.
Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Block confirming the IS Code – 2185 (Part-3) 1984(Reaffirmed 2005)
Note: Thickness of the Block work for internal and external partition walls specified in the Schedule of
finishes or as approved by Engineer-in-Charge.

6. FLOORING

A. GRANITEFLOORING

(i) POLISHEDGRANITESTONEFLOORING

Providing and layingPolished/ Granite stone flooring in required design and patterns as per approval, all
complete as per the architectural drawings, with thickness as specified in Schedule of Finishes stones lab
laid with polymer based adhesive &jointed with cement slurry of matching shade,including rubbing, curing
and polishing etc. all complete as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in- Charge.
Note: Shade, type & Source of Granite to be approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
1. The bottom surface and four sides of the granite flooring shall be pre-treated before laying with two or
more coats of waterproof penetrating shield treatment by Sealer to cure for 24 hours before fixing of
the stone with Minimum three years warranty.
2. Granite stone as per architectural drawing with thin-set adhesive, maintaining a minimum bed
thickness of 5 mm and maximum bed thickness of 12mm, application as per manufacturer’s
installation methodology.
3. The top surface of the granite flooring shall be treated with two or more coats of stain proof
penetrating shield treatment on the top surface of granite floor surface by sealer with minimum three
years warranty which includes initial one dense coat during execution and subsequent one or more
coats as per direction EIC at completion stage. The work shall be carried out as per manufacturer's
recommendation including final buffing, cleaning etc at final stage of building work
i.e. after removal of POP & Polythene sheet complete as per satisfaction and direction of theEngineer-
in-charge .( Please note;- The manufacture should give the warranty of product for minimum
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 42 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

3 years)
4. The finished surface shall be kept protected by laying Plaster of Paris @ 2kg /Sqm, till commissioning
after laying of granite. (Granite stone shall be as per approved sample at N office and to the
satisfaction of Engineer in Charge.)
5. Note: - The Process includes of granite stone (cutting, wastage, Pre-polishing, laying with high
polymer modified adhesive, drying, fixing treatment with Sealers, treating back and four sides using
sealer and top surface with Sealer, covering top surface after all treatment with POP & Polythene
sheet etc, complete)

General:
GRANITE stone work shall comprise of following system as per approved drawings (applicablefor
polished granite stone work).
VOC Content of Flooring Adhesive should be <65g/lorNo/zero-VOC (Such as acrylic sorphenolic resins,
phenol formaldehydes)

Material:
Granite Stone Slab:
1. The slabs shall be of selected quality, hard, sound, dense and homogeneous intexture free from
cracks, decay, weathering and flaws. They shall be machine cut to the requisite thickness. They shall
be of the colour indicated in the drawings or as per approved sample by the Engineer-in- charge.
2. The slabs shall be of minimum size 900 mmx900 mm and have the top (exposed) face polished before
being brought to site, unless otherwise specified. The slabs shall conform to the size required. Before
starting the work, the contractor shall get the samples of slabs approved by the Engineer- in-charge. If
required the contactor should arranged a visit for the representative of Engineer-in-Charge/Consultant
to the granite quarry to approve the sample of stone. The contractor should deliver the stone at site
only after getting approval of the stone.
3. Waterproof penetrating shield treatment.
4. Two or more coats of stain proof penetrating shield treatment on the top surface of granite floor
surface.

Dressing:
1. Every slab shall be cut to the required size and shape and machine cut andtable rubbed on the sides
to the full depth so that a straight edge laid along the side of the stone shall be in full contact with it.
The sides (edges) shall be table rubbed with machine edges of the slabs shall be true, square and
free from chippings and the surface shall be true and plane.
2. The thickness of the slab after it is rubbed shall be as per schedule of finishes.
Preparation of Surface and Laying:
1. Base concrete of R.C.C. slab on which the slabs are to be laid shall be cleaned, wetted and
mopped. It should be cured for at least 14 days and left dry for 28 days.
2. The bedding for the slabs shall be with adhesive as given in the description of the item. The average
thickness of the bedding mortar under the slab shall be 6-8 mm and the thickness at any place
under the slab shall be not less than 5 mm.
3. The slabs shall be laid in the following manner. Theslabshallbe washed clean before
laying, the bottom surface and four sides shall be pre-treated.
4. Adhesive shall be applied on the substrate using a notched trowel, roughly to the average thickness
specified in the item.
5. It shall be laid on top, pressed, tapped with wooden mallet and brought to level with the adjoining
slabs. It shall be lifted and laid aside. The top surface of the adhesive bed shall then be corrected by
adding fresh mortar at hollows.
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 43 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

6. The slab to be paved shall then be lowered gently back in position and tapped with wooden mallet
till it is properly bedded in level with and close to the adjoining slabs with as fine a joint as possible.
Subsequent slabs shall be laidin the same manner. After each slab has been laid, surplus cement
on the surface of the slabs shall be cleaned off.The surface of the flooring as laid shall be true to
levels and slopes as instructed by the Engineer-in-charge. Thetop surface of the granite flooring
shall be treated with two or more coats of Silicon based impregnating sealer.
7. The finished surface shall be kept protected by laying Plaster of Paris @2kg
8. /Sqm, till commissioning (Sample of granite stone shall be got approved by Architect/
NBCC/Engineer-in-Charge) after laying of granite. Due care shall be taken to match the grains of
slabs which shall be selected judiciously having uniform pattern of Veins/ Streaks or as per drawing
and directed by Engineer- in-charge.
9. The slabs shall be matched as shown in drawings or as instructed by the Engineer-in-charge.
10. Slabs, which are fixed in the floor adjoining the wall, shall enter not less than12mm under the plaster
skirting or dado.The junction between wallplaster and floorshall be finished neatly and without
waviness.
11. The surface of existing floor shall be hacked, cleaned, washed and kept wet before flooring is
commenced and shall be kept protected by laying Plaster of Paris @ 2kg /Sqm, till commissioning.
12. The granite slabs shallbe ofselected quality, hard sound, dense and homogeneousin texture, free
from cracks, decay weathering and flaws.
13. The granite stone slabs shall be machine cut with minimum size of 900mm x 900 mm and machine
polished of thickness as per schedule of finishes and of approved quality and size, free from flakes
and shall be of uniform colour, with straight edges and an even surface.
14. The stone slabs shall be laid in level or in slopes and as directed with adhesive, average 6mm thick.
15. All angles and edges of slabs shall be true, square and free from chipping and the surfaceshall be
true and plane
16. Slight unevenness at the meeting edges of slabs shall be removed by fine chiselling.
17. The surface then shall be ground evenly with machine fitted with finegrade grit block.
18. The next day floor shall be wiped with a moist rag and dried with a soft cloth and finishedclean.
19. Wherever required the wall surface shall be cut uniformly to requisite depth to accommodate stone
face shall have uniform projection from the finished face of wall as per drawings or as directed by
EIC. The concrete wall shall be hacked and roughened with wire brushes.
20. Masonry walls shall have joints racked atleast 15mmdeep.
21. The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned, washed and kept wet.
22. The laying details shall be as per approved architectural drawings and as per the directions of EIC.
23. The floor shall not sound hollow when tapped with a wooden mallet.

(ii) FLAMED GRANITE STONE FLOORING

Providing and laying flamed finish Granite stone flooring in required design and patterns, in linear as well
as curvilinear portions of the building all complete as per the architectural drawings with thickness as
specified in Scheduleof Finishes stone slab laid with polymer based adhesive & jointed with cement slurry
of matching shade. all complete as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in- Charge. The bottom
surface and four sides of the granite flooring shall be pre-treated before laying with two or more coats
ofwater proof penetrating shield treatment to cure for 24 hours beforefixing of the stone with Minimum
three years warranty.
Note: Shade, type & Source of Granite to be approved by Engineer-in-Charge.

1. Laying or Fixing of Granite stone as per architectural drawing with adhesive, maintaining a minimum
bed thickness of 5 mm and maximum bed thickness of 12mm, application as per manufacturer’s
installation methodology.
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 44 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 45 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

2. The top surface of the granite flooring shall be treated with two or more coats of stain proof
penetrating shield treatment on the top surface of granite floor surface with minimum three years
warranty which includes initial one dense coat during execution and subsequent one or more coats as
per direction EIC at completion stage. The work shall be carried out as per the manufacturer’s
recommendation including final buffing, cleaning etc at final stage of building worki.e. after removal
ofPOP& Polythene sheet complete as per satisfaction and direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
(Please note;- The manufacture should give the warranty of product for minimum 3 years)
3. The finished surface shall be kept protected by laying Plaster of Paris @ 2kg/Sqm, till commissioning
after laying of granite. (Granite stone shall be as per approved sample at NBCC office and to the
satisfaction of Engineer in Charge.)
Note: - The Process includes of granite stone (cutting, wastage, laying with high polymer modified
adhesive, drying, fixing treatment with Sealers, treating back and four sides sealer and top surface,
covering top surface after all treatment with POP & Polythene sheet etc, complete.

General:
GRANITE stone work shall comprise of following system as per approved drawings (applicable for
polished granite stone work).
VOC Content of Flooring Adhesive shouldbe<65g/lorNo/zero-VOC (Such as acrylics or phenolic resins,
phenol formaldehydes).
Material:

Granite Stone Slabs:

1. The slabs shall be of selected quality, hard, sound, dense and homogeneous in texture free from
cracks, decay, weathering and flaws. They shall be machine cut to the requisite thickness. They shall
be of the colour indicated in the drawings or as per approved sample by the Engineer-in- charge.
2. The slabs shall be of minimum size 900 mm x900 mm and have the top (exposed) face polished
before being brought to site, unless otherwise specified. The slabs shall conform to the size required.
Before starting the work, the contractor shall get the samples of slabs approved by the Engineer-in-
charge. If required the contactor should arranged a visit for the representative of Engineer-in-
Charge/Consultant to the granite quarry to approve the sample of stone. The contractor should deliver
the stoneat site only after getting approval of the stone.
3. Waterproof penetrating shield treatment.
4. Two or more coats of stain proof penetrating shield treatment on the top surface of granite floor
surface.

Dressing:
1. Every slab shall be cut to the required size and shape and machine cut and table rubbed on the
sides to the full depth so that a straight edge laid along the side of the stone shall be in full
contactwith it.The sides (edges) shall betable rubbed with machine edges of the slabs shallbe true,
square and free from chippings and the surface shall be true and plane.
2. The thickness of the slab after it is rubbed shall be as per schedule of finishes.

Preparation of surface and laying:

1. Base concrete of R.C.C. slab on which the slabs are to be laid shall be cleaned, wetted and mopped.
It should be cured for at least 14 days and left dry for 28 days.
2. The bedding for the slabs shall be with adhesive as given in the description of the item. The average
thickness of the bedding mortar under the slab shall be 6-8 mm and the thickness atany place under
the slab shall be not less than 5 mm.
3. The slabs shall be laid in the following manner. The slab shall be washed clean before laying,the
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 46 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

bottom surface and four sides shall be pre-treated with two or more coats.
4. Adhesive shall be applied on the substrate using a notched trowel, roughly to the average thickness
specified in the item.
5. It shall be laid on top, pressed, tapped with wooden mallet and brought to level with theadjoining
slabs. It shall be lifted and laid aside. The top surface of the adhesive bed shall thenbe corrected by
adding fresh mortar at hollows.
6. The slab to be paved shall then be lowered gently back in position and tapped with wooden mallet till
it is properly bedded in levelwith and closeto theadjoining slabs with as fine a joint as possible.
Subsequent slabs shall be laid in the same manner. After eachslabhas been laid, surplus cement on
the surface of the slabs shall be cleaned off. The surface of the flooring as laid shall be true to levels
and slopes as instructed by theEngineer-in-charge. The top surface of the granite flooring shall be
treated with two or more coats of Silicon based impregnating sealer.
7. The finished surface shall be kept protected by laying Plaster of Paris @2kg
8. /Sqm, till commissioning (Sample of granite stone shall be got approved by Engineer-in-Charge)
after laying of granite. Due care shall be taken to match the grains of slabs which shall be selected
judiciously having uniform pattern of Veins/ Streaks or as per drawing and directed by Engineer-in-
charge.
9. The slabs shall be matched as shown in drawings or as instructed by the Engineer-in-charge.
10. Slabs, which are fixed in the floor adjoining the wall, shall enter not less than 12 mm under the
plaster skirting or dado. The junction between wall plaster and floor shall be finished neatly and
without waviness.
11. The surface of existing floor shall be hacked, cleaned, washed and kept wet before flooring is
commenced and shall be kept protected by laying Plaster of Paris @ 2kg /Sqm, till commissioning
12. The granite slabs shall be of selected quality, hard sound, dense and homogeneous in texture, free
from cracks, decay weathering and flaws.
13. The granite stone slabs shall be machine cut with minimum size of 900mm x 900 mm and machine
polished of thickness as per schedule of finishes and of approved quality and size, free from flakes
and shall be of uniform colour, with straight edges and an even surface.
14. The stone slabs shall be laid in level or in slopes, average 6mmthick.
15. All angles and edges of slabs shall be true, square and free from chipping and the surface shall be
true and plane.
16. Slight unevenness at the meeting edges of slabs shall be removed by fine chiselling.
17. The surface then shall be ground evenly with machine fitted with fine grade grit block.
18. The next day floor shall be wiped with a moist rag and dried with a soft cloth and finished clean.
19. Wherever required the wall surface shall be cut uniformly to requisite depth to accommodate stone
face shall have uniform projection from the finished face of wall as per drawings or as directed by
EIC. The concrete wall shall be hacked and roughened with wire brushes.
20. Masonry walls shall have joints racked at least 15 mm deep.
21. The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned, washed and kept wet.
22. Thelaying details shall be as per approved architectural drawings and as perthe directionsof EIC.
23. The floor shall not sound hollow when tapped with a wooden mallet.

(iii) GRANITE STONE IN RISERS OF STEPS, SKIRTING AND DADOS

Mirror finish granite with thickness as per schedule of finishes superior granitestoneinrisers ofsteps,
skirting and dados, machine cut in required size, approved shade, colour and texture laid withpolymer
based adhesive & jointed with cement slurry of matching shade, including rubbing, curingand polishing
etc. all complete as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 47 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Note: Shade, type& Source of Granite to be approved by Engineer-in-Charge.

The bottom surface and foursides of the granite flooring shall be pre-treated before laying with two or
more coats of water proof penetrating shield treatment to cure for 24 hours before fixing of the stone with
Minimum three years warranty.
Fixing of Granite stone as per architectural drawing adhesive, maintaining a minimum bed thicknessof 5
mm and maximum bed thickness of 12mm, application as per manufacturer’s installation methodology.
The top surface of the granite flooring shall be treated with two or more coats of stain proof penetrating
shield treatment on the top surface of granite floor surface by sealer with minimum three years warranty
which includes initial one dense coat during execution and subsequent one ormore coats as per direction
EIC at completion stage. The work shall be carried out as per manufacturer's recommendation including
final buffing, cleaning etc., at final stage of building work i.e., after removal of POP & Polythene sheet
complete as per satisfaction and direction of the Engineer-in-charge. (Please note; - The manufacture
should give the warranty of product for minimum 3 years)
The finished surface shall be kept protected by laying Plaster of Paris@2kg/Sqm, till commissioning.
Note: - The Process includes cost of granite stone (cutting, wastage, Pre- polishing, laying with high
polymer modified adhesive, drying, fixing treatment with Sealers, treating back and four sides using sealer
and top surface with Sealer, covering top surface after all treatment withPOP/Polythene sheet etc,
complete)

General:
GRANITE stone work shall comprise of following system as per approved drawings (applicablefor
polished granite stone work).
VOC Content of Flooring Adhesive should be<65g/lorNo/zero-VOC(Such as acrylics or phenolic resins,
phenol formaldehydes)

Material:

Granite Stone Slabs:

1. The slabs shall be of selected quality, hard, sound, dense and homogeneous in texture free from
cracks, decay, weathering and flaws. They shall be machine cut to the requisite thickness. They shall
be of the colour indicated in the drawings or as per approved sample by the Engineer-in- charge.
2. The slabs shall be of minimum size 900 mmx900 mm (Expect for skirting) and have the top (exposed)
face polished before being brought to site, unless otherwise specified. The slabs shallconform to the
size required. Before starting the work, the contractor shall get the samples of slabsapproved by the
Engineer-in-charge. If required the contactor should arranged a visit forthe representative of Engineer-
in-Charge/Consultant to the granite quarry to approve the sample of stone. The contractor should
deliver the stone at site only after getting approval of the stone.
3. Waterproof penetrating shield treatment.
4. Two or more coats of stain proof penetrating shield treatment on the top surface of granite floor
surface.
Dressing:
1. Every slab shall be cut to the required size and shape and machine cut andtable rubbed on the
sides to the full depth so that a straight edge laid along the side of the stone shall be in full contact
with it. The sides (edges) shall be table rubbed with machine edges of the slabs shall be true,
square and free from chippings and the surface shall be true and plane.
2. The thickness of the slab after it is rubbed shall be as per schedule of finishes.
3. Preparation of surface and laying:

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 48 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

4. Base concrete of R.C.C. slab on which the slabs are to be laid shall be cleaned, wetted and
mopped. It should be cured for at least 14 days and left dry for 28 days.
5. The bedding for the slabs shall be make adhesive as given in the description of the item. The
average thickness of the bedding mortar under the slab shall be 6-8 mm and the thickness at any
place under the slab shall be not less than 5 mm.
6. The slabs shall be laid in the following manner. The slab shall be washed clean before laying, the
bottom surface and four sides shall be pre-treated with two or more coats sealer.
7. Adhesive shall be applied on the substrate using a notched trowel, roughly to the average
thickness specified in the item.
8. It shall be laid on top, pressed, tapped with wooden mallet and brought to level with the adjoining
slabs. It shall be lifted and laid aside. The top surface of the adhesive bed shall then be corrected
by adding fresh mortar at hollows.
9. The slab to be paved shall then be lowered gently back in position and tapped with wooden mallet
till it is properly bedded in level with and close to the adjoining slabs with as fine a joint aspossible.
Subsequent slabs shall be laid in the same manner. After each slab has been laid, surplus cement
on the surface of the slabs shall be cleaned off. The surface of the flooring as laid shall be true to
levels and slopes as instructed by the Engineer-in-charge. The top surface of the granite flooring
shall be treated with two or more coats of Silicon based impregnating sealer.
10. The finished surface shall be kept protected by laying Plaster of Paris @ 2kg/Sqm, till
commissioning (Sample of granite stone shall be got approved by Engineer-in-Charge) after laying
of granite Due care shall be taken to match the grains of slabs which shall be selected judiciously
having uniform pattern of Veins/ Streaks or as per drawing and directed by Engineer-in-charge.
11. The slabs shall be matched as shown in drawings or as instructed by the Engineer-in-charge.
12. Slabs, which are fixed in the floor adjoining the wall, shall enter not less than 12 mm under the
plaster skirting or dado. The junction between wall plaster and floor shall be finished neatly and
without waviness.
13. The surface of existing floor shall be hacked, cleaned, washed and kept wet before flooring is
commenced and shall be kept protected by laying Plaster of Paris @ 2kg /Sqm, till commissioning.
14. The graniteslabs shallbe ofselected quality, hard sound, dense andhomogeneousin texture, free
from cracks, decay weathering and flaws.

15. The granite stone slabs shall be machine cut with minimum size of 900mm x 900 mm and machine
polished of thickness as per schedule of finishes and of approved quality and size, free from flakes
and shall be of uniform colour, with straight edges and an even surface.
16. The stone slabs shall be laid in level or in slopes and as directed with adhesive or, average 6mm
thick.
17. All angles and edges of slabs shall be true, square and free from chipping and the surface shall be
true and plane.
18. Slight unevenness at the meeting edges of slabs shall be removed by fine chiselling.
19. The surface then shall be ground evenly with machine fitted with finegrade gritblock.
20. The next day floor shall be wiped with a moist rag and dried with a soft cloth and finished clean.
21. Wherever required the wall surface shall be cut uniformly to requisite depth to accommodate stone
face shall have uniform projection from the finished face of wall as per drawings or as directed by
EIC. The concrete wall shall be hacked and roughened with wire brushes.
22. Masonry walls shall have joints racked at least1 5mm deep.
23. The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned, washed and kept wet.
24. The laying details shall be as per approved architectural drawings and as per the directions of EIC.
25. The floor shall not sound hollow when tapped with a wooden mallet.

B. KOTA STONEWORK
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 49 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

(i) KOTA FLOORING:

Kota Stone Slabs:-

The slabs shall be of selected quality, hard, sound, dense and homogeneous in texture free from cracks,
decay, weathering and flaws. They shall be hand or machine cut to the requisite thickness. They shall be
of the colour indicated in the drawings or as instructed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
The slabs shall have the top (exposed) face polished before being brought to site, unless otherwise
specified. The slabs shall conform to the size required. Before starting the work, the contractor shall get
the samples of slabs approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Note: Thickness of the Kota Stone in Skirting/Dado and Risers of Steps specified in the Schedule of
finishes or as approved by Engineer-in-Charge.

Dressing:-
Every slab shall be cut to the required size and shape and fine chisel dressed on the sides to the full
depth so that a straight edge laid along the side of the stone shall be in full contact with it. The sides
(edges) shall be table rubbed with coarse sand or machine rubbed before paving. All angles and edges of
the slabs shall be true, square and free from chippings and the surface shall be true and plane. The
thickness of the slab after it is dressed shall be 20, 25, 30 or 40 mm as specified in the description of the
item. Tolerance of ±2 mm shall be allowedfor the thickness. In respect of lengthand breadth of slabs
Tolerance of ± 5 mm for hand cut slabs and ±2 mm for machine cut slabs shall be allowed.

Preparation of Surface and Laying:-

1. Base concrete or the RCC slab on which the slabs are to be laid shall be cleaned, wetted and
mopped. The bedding for the slabs shall be with cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand) or
as given in the description of the item.
2. The average thickness of the bedding mortar under the slab shall be 20 mm and the thickness at
any place under the slab shall be not less than 12 mm.
3. The slabs shall be laid in the following manner: Mortar of the specified mix shall be spread under
the area of each slab, roughly to the average thickness specified in the item. The slab shall be
washed clean before laying. It shall be laid on top, pressed, tapped with woodenmallet and brought
to level with the adjoining slabs. It shall be lifted and laid aside. The top surface of the mortar shall
then be corrected by adding fresh mortar at hollows. The mortar is allowed to harden a bit and
cement slurry of honey like consistency shall be spread over the same at the rate of 4.4 kg of
cement per sqm. The edges of the slab already paved shall be buttered with grey or white cement
with or without admixture of pigment to match the shade of the marble slabs as given in the
description of the item. The slab to be paved shall then be lowered gently back in position and
tapped with wooden mallet till it is properly bedded in level with andclose to the adjoining slabs
withas finea joint as possible. Subsequent slabs shall be laid in the same manner. After each slab
has been laid, surplus cement on the surface of the slabsshallbecleanedoff. The flooring shall be
cured for a minimum period of seven days. The surfaceof the flooring as laidshall be true to levels,
and, slopes as instructedby the Engineer- in-Charge. Joint thickness shall not be more than 1 mm.
Due care shall be taken to match the grains of slabs which shall be selected judiciouslyhaving
uniform pattern of Veins/streaks oras directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
4. 4. The slabs shall be matched as shown in drawings or as instructed by the Engineer-in- Charge.
5. 5. Slabs which are fixed in the floor adjoining the wall shall enter not lessthan 12 mm under the
plaster skirting or dado. The junction between wall plaster and floor shall be finished neatly and
without waviness.
6. 6. Slabs flooring shall also be laid in combination with other stones and/or in simple regular

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 50 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

pattern/design as described in item of work and/or drawing or approved by the Engineer-In-

Charge.
7. 7. The edges of the slabs to be jointed shall be buttered with grey cement, with admixture of
pigment to match the shade of the slab.

(ii) KOTA STONE IN RISERS OF STEPS, SKIRTING AND DADO

Kota Stone Slabs:-

The slabs shall be of selected quality, hard, sound, dense and homogeneous in texture free from cracks,
decay, weathering and flaws. They shall be hand or machine cut to the requisite thickness. They shall be
of the colour indicated in the drawings or as instructed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
The slabs shall have the top (exposed) face polished before being brought to site, unless otherwise
specified. The slabs shall conform to the size required. Before starting the work, the contractor shall get
the samples of slabs approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Note: Thickness of the Kota Stone in Skirting/ Dado and Risers of Steps specified in the Schedule of
finishes or as approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
Dressing:-
Every slab shall be cut to the required size and shape and fine chisel dressed on the sides to the full
depth so that a straight edge laid along the side of the stone shall be in full contact with it. The sides
(edges) shall be table rubbed with coarse sand or machine rubbed before paving. All angles and edges of
the slabs shall be true, square and free from chippings and the surface shall be true and plane. The
thickness of the slab after it is dressed shall be 20, 25, 30 or 40 mm as specified in the description of the
item. Tolerance of ±2 mm shall be allowed for the thickness. In respect of lengthand breadth of slabs
Tolerance of ± 5 mm for hand cut slabs and ±2 mm for machine cut slabs shall be allowed. The slabs may
be of uniform size if required.

Preparation of surface: -
The joints shall be raked out to a depth of at least 15 mm in masonry walls. In case of concrete walls, the
surface shall be hacked and roughened with wire brushes. The
Surface shall be cleaned thoroughly, washed with water and kept wet before skirting is commenced.

Laying: -
The risers of steps and skirting shall be in grey or white cement admixed with or without pigment to match
the shade of the stone, as specified in the description of the item, with the line of the slab at such a
distance from the wall that the average width of the gap shall be 12 mm and at no place the width shall be
less than 10 mm, if necessary, the slabs shall be held in position by temporary M.S. hooks fixed into the
wall at suitable intervals. The skirting or riser face shall be checked for plane and plumb and corrected.
The joints shall thus be left to harden then the rear of the skirting or riser slab shall be packed with
cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) or other mix as specified in the description of the item. The
fixing hooks shall be removed after the mortar filling the gap has acquired sufficient strength. The joints
shall be as fine as possible but not more than 1 mm. The top line of skirting and risers shall be truly
horizontal and joints truly vertical, except where otherwise indicated. The risers and skirting slab shall be
matched as shown in drawings or as instructed by the Engineer- in-Charge. The joints of the slabs shall
be set in grey cement mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slabs.

C. ENGINEER WOOD FLOORING:

Engineer wood flooring 10.5 mm thick American exotic bruce 7-layer construction, top layer of wood
veneer 2mm, plank size width 120 mm, length 400-1200 mm, Lock & fold locking, premium finish, micro
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 51 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

bevel edges/ends with an underlayment made of natural colour foam, with accessories like end profile,
transition profile, reducer etc. complete. The profiles are 100% matching.

D. TEAKWOOD PLANK FLOORING

Teak wood planks 65x16 thick (made from raw wood size 75 x 20mm) flooring with Tongue and Groove
joints (concealed screwing) over 50x50mm section wood framing @ 600mm c/c in both directions with
12mm thick commercial ply. The Framework should be levelled and duly fixed with base floor using MS
cleats and neoprene rubber pads. The framing to be filled with 50mm thickness rockwool or fibre glass
resin bonded insulation of density 48kg/cum. Melamine polishing of teakwood on exposed surface: In
horizontal/vertical plane (Rate for flooring shall include providing additional framework required for
housing microphone and power outlet junction boxes including providing and fixing hinged 15mm thick
teakwood cover for the junction boxes.

E. CARPET FLOORING

Pile Carpet 22 oz. loop with precision tufted loop piles and underlay of 8mm thick PU foam fixed to
existing levelled floor with synthetic adhesives as per instruction of Engineer-In-Charge.

The Carpet shall be High performance polyamide patterned loop pile construction of density 240 kg/cum
with TDX Nylon fibre system and solution dyed. There shall Power bond fibreglass reinforced composite
vinyl backing system having primary Tufting substrate of Synthetic non-woven and Vinyl sealant fusion
coated, guaranteed for 15 years against excessive wear and static, delamination, edge ravel, zippering
and backing resiliency loss having the following specifications:
1. Gauge: 47.2rows/10cm
2. Stitches pe rlength: 45.7stitches/10cm
3. Tuff Density: 21.6tufts/cm2
4. Pile Height Average:4.2 mm
5. Density Factor:239.5kg/m3
6. Fibre System: TDXNylon
7. Dye Method: Solution Dyed
8. Ensure Soil/ Stain protection

F. PAVING TILE FLOORING (for Drop off area)

Pavianto Belgian Stone Series Full Body Vitrified matt finished exterior paving tiles for all outdoors, semi
outdoors area or interiors as per either of mentioned approved shade i.e. Beige, Mushroom, Grey &
Graphite, texture, dimensions i.e. either of the mentioned sizes 148 mm X 148 mm, 196mm X
196mm,196 mmX 296mm, 296mmX296mm,298mmX 600mm, 396mm X 600mm & 296mm X 396 mmin
15mm thickness.
The product shall have brushed finish edges, the same shall be done in controlled production
environment. All sizes mentioned above are non - rectified and shall carry a dimensional tolerance
of±2mm. The product shall weigh approximately 1.8 Kg per Sq. Ft. The product shall be in accordance to
the standards ISO- 13006 / EN 176 having water absorption ≤ 0.5% as per ISO 10545-3, breaking
strength of minimum 1300N as per ISO 10545-4, Moh’s hardness minimum 6 as per EN101.
The tiles to be applied to well compacted & cured surface. Concrete subgrade should be free fromany
loose particle and foreign material. The surface should be in SSD (Saturated Surface Dry) by means of
water. Level pads for finished floor should be marked, and uniformly spread, considering required slope.
Mortar bedding of (30-40) mm is prepared with ratio of 1:8 (cement: sand) lean mixture. Avoid rich mix
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 52 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

proportions Cement slurry should be spread on the surface at 3 kg/sq. approximately. Using reference
lines, tiles are placed in line, level is checked and right angle is maintained throughout Use dot points to
check the tiling accuracy. Tiles near wall are supposed to be placed 12 mm away from wall for skirting
After laying tile, it should be levelled by light tamping with wooden mallet. Plus, shaped spacers should be
used to maintain the alignment of tiles Spacers are provided for removal of air below tiles or extra cement.
Surface is now kept for drying when the floor dries, floor should be cleaned thoroughly. Aftercuring for
three days(avoid unnecessary foot movements), cover the tile flooring with bubble sheet/POP Sheet to
avoid any scratched. Grouting of tiles i.e. all joints to be done with exterior grade elastomeric polymer
modified cementitious grout in approved shade.
Note: These aresome of the indicative design and pattern.

GRAPHITE GREY

BEIGE MUSHROOM
7. FALSE CEILING

A. Baffle Ceiling:
Baffle ceiling system: "U shaped" Roll-formed Baffle Ceiling with Fixed and Demountable Torsion Spring
System of size 25 X 65 x 0.5 mm Aluminium
Torsion spring Roll-formed U-Baffle Ceiling System, comprising of baffle width of 25mm and height of
65mm manufactured out of 0.5mm thick Coil Coated Aluminium (AA3105 / 3000 series). Panel shall be
places in a module of75mmC/C and length up to 4000mm of fixed baffle panel with perforation of 2mm
dia Ø in a diagonal pattern 4.33 mm ↔ C/C , 8.66 mm ↕ C/C.
The baffle shall be manufactured on high speed, high precision roll forming machine with ARKU SIX Hi
configuration roller levelling process to ensure the flatness and to avoid the failure of metal at corners
which may occur normally on press brake machine. The coil is coated on a continuous paint line double
baked and shall be stove enamelled in a continuous coil coating process of the approved colour on the
exposed side and the reverse side with polyester primer. The U Baffle ceiling panels shall be mounted on
coil coated customized Hat type Aluminium carrier of size 60mm * 30mm * 0.9mm thk.
The customized carrier shall be suitable for both torsion spring based & standard fixed Baffle panels. The
carrier shall be suspended with M6 Threaded rod hangers spaced at 1200mmc/c. Maximum upto 20% of
the total ceiling area, based on client requirement, shall be demountable torsion spring-based panels. The
length of the panel shall be upto 2400mm. Suspension System: As per manufacturer standard it is
recommend having minimum gap of 250mm between plenum and its baffle top surface height for easy
engagement of spring.
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 53 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

The baffle ceiling system should meet the required standards for Green Pro certification and should
qualify as green product as per CII green products and services council. The manufacturer should be ISO
9001:2015 Quality Management System Certifications compliant with in house testing facility and should
have their own manufacturing plant with Roll forming machine in India.
Mode of Measurements: Measurements shall be wall to wall without any deductions for lights, diffusers,
columns, etc. Mode of Measurements: Measurements shall be wall to wall without any deductions for
lights, diffusers, columns, etc.

B. Multi "B" Roll-formed Aluminium Ceiling System:

Multi 'B' Roll-formed 30B/80B/130B/180B aluminium perforated panel ceiling approved colour consisting
of panel 30mm x 0.5mm x 15mm, 80mm x 0.5mm x 15mm, 130mm x 0.5mm x 15mm & 180mm x 0.6mm
x 15 mm of length minimum of 5mtr and max up to 6 mtrs, Coil Coated on a Continuous Paint Line in
approved colour, double baked and roll formed from enamelled corrosion resistance Aluminium
alloy(AA3105 / 3000 series)for higher strength and good roll forming characteristics. The Multi B Panels
shall be manufactured on high speed, high precision roll forming machine with Hi configuration roller
levelling process to ensure the flatness and to avoid the failure of metal at corners.The coil is coated on a
continuous paint line double baked and shall be stove enamelled in a continuous coil coating process of
approved colour on the exposed side and the reverse side with polyester primer.Panel shall be clipped to
a baked enamelled Aluminium multi panel carrier of 62mm wide x 29mm deep made of 0.95mm thick in
standard length of 5 mtrs made of doubledbaked enamelled Aluminium alloy inblack colour withcut outs
tohold the multi sizepanels in same carrier with a module of 50mm, 100mm, 150mm and 200 mm (width
of gap 20mm without recessed profile) and at a distance 1200mm. The Carrier shall be suspended by
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 54 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

means of G.I. suspension rod 4mm diameter, and a Galvanized suspension spring clip at a distance of
1.5mtrs centre to centre.
The ceiling system should meet the required standards for GreenPro certification and should qualify as
green product as per CII green products and services council. The manufacturer should be ISO
9001:2015 Quality Management System Certification compliant with in house testing facility and should
have their own manufacturing plant with Roll forming machine in India.
Mode of Measurements: Measurements shall be wall to wall without any deductions for lights, diffusers,
columns, etc.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 55 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 56 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

C. Triangular Cell Roll formed Aluminium Ceiling System:

Aluminium Triangular Open Cell Roll-formed ceiling in Coil Coated of approved colour with 150 mm
equilateral triangle, consisting of Main Runner, Cross Runners of sleek Profiles 10mm wide x 50mm deep
x 0.4mm thick with inwardly returned edges of 2.5mm. Coil Coated on a Continuous Paint Line, Double
baked and Roll formed from enamelled Corrosion Resistance Aluminium Alloy AA3105 for higher strength
and good Roll Forming characteristics. The Main Runner shall be fixed at a distanceof 1.2mtrs c/c on
diagonal pattern and shall be suspended by means of G.I. Suspension Rod 4mm diameter and a
Galvanized Suspension Spring Clip at a distance of 1.2mtr c/c. The Cross-Runner shall be fixed to the
Main Runner on a diagonal pattern to archive a triangular cell pattern. The interlocking of panels will
determine a flush joint.
The Linear Aluminium ceiling system should meet the required standards for Green Pro certification and
should qualify as green product as per CII green products and services council. The manufacturer should
be ISO 9001:2015 Quality Management System Certifications compliant with in house testing facility and
should have their own manufacturing plant in India. The coated coil is passed thru Six Hi configuration
roller levelling process to ensure the flatness of the coil.
Suspension System: The Carrier shall be suspended by means of G.I. suspension rod 4mm diameter,
and a Galvanized suspension spring clip at a distance of 1.2mtrs centre to centre.
Paint Finish: Aluminium Main Runners Cross Runners Upper Section, Lower Section Profiles shall be
chromatized for maximum bond between metal and paint, enamelled twice under high temperature one
side with full primer and Finish Coat, the other side (inner side) with a Primer Coating and Skin Coat on a
Continuous Paint Line.
Mode of Measurements: Measurements shall be wall to wall, measuring the Surface / plan area without
any deductions for lights, diffusers, columns or any other openings etc.

D. Aluminum, Roll-formed 80B Open Linear Ceiling System with 20mm open groove:
Aluminum 80B un-perforated panel ceiling manufactured of approved colour consisting of panel 80mm
wide x 15mm deep x0.5mm thick with square edges, panel length upto 6mtrs,Coil Coated on a
Continuous Paint Line, roll formed from doubled baked enameled corrosion resistance Aluminum alloy AA

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 57 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

3105 for higher strength and good roll forming characteristics. Panel to be clipped to baked enameled
Aluminum panel carrier of 62mm wide x 29mm deep made of 0.95mm thick in standard length of 5mtrs
made of double baked enameled Aluminum alloy AA 5050 / 3000 series black with cut outs to hold the
panels module of 100 mm (width of gap 20 mm open) at a distance1.85mtrs without insulation and
1.65mtrs with insulation Carrier shall be suspended by means of G.I. suspension rod 4mm diameter,
suspension spring clip at a distance of 1.7mtrs c/c.
Paint finish: Aluminum panels are chromatized for maximum bond between metal and paint enameled
twice underhigh temperature, one side with full primer and finish coat, the other side (inner side) with a
prime rcoating and Skin Coat on a Continuous Paint Line. The ceiling system should meet the required
standards for Green Pro certification and should qualify as green product as per CIIgreen products and
services council. The manufacturer should be ISO 9001:2015 Quality Management System certification
compliant with in house testing facility and should have their own manufacturing plant in India.
Mode of Measurements: Measurements shall be wall to wall without any deductions for lights, diffusers,
columns etc.

E. Aluminum Screen ceiling - V 100 :

Aluminum V 100 plain panel ceiling manufactured of approved colour consisting of panel 101 mm deep X
0.6 mm thick, panel length upto 6mtrs, Coil Coated on a Continuous Paint Line, Double baked and roll
formed from enameled corrosion resistance Aluminum alloy AA 3105 for higher strength and good roll
forming characteristics. Panels shall be clipped to a baked enameled Aluminum panel carrier of 30mm
wide x 90mm high x 0.95 mm thick made from Aluminum alloy AA5050 / 3000 series Black Colour, one
leg of the carriers with cut outs to hold the panels in amodule of 100 mm., upto a distance of 2.10 mtrs.
Panel carrier shall be suspended by means of threaded rod at a distance of 2.0 mtrs c/c.
Paint Finish: Aluminum panels shall be chromatised for maximum bond between metal and paint
enameled twice under high temperature, both sides with a full primer and finish coat on a Continuous
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 58 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Paint Line.
Mode of Measurements: Measurements shall be wall to wall without any deductions forlights, diffuses &
columns etc.

F. Open Cell Ceiling:

Monolithic open cell ceiling system manufactured from pre painted lightweight aluminum folded from9 mm
wide blades available in a wide choice of colours designed with many different open plan applications in
mind. Geo offers a prestige appearance. The panels can be supplied with almost any configuration of
different cell size in square, rectangular or a combination of both to suit individual requirements. Geo
allows the integration of sprinkler system, fire/smoke warning systems, air conditioning, lighting, and other
services to be installed both above the ceiling or they can be easily incorporated into the cells of the
panel.
Installation is done on proprietary carrier profile U 94 are suspended at 1200mm. The panels are fully
downward demountable/ hinged from the proprietary U94 carrier section using C 94 spring panel hangers
to enable easy access to maintain services behind.

8. ROOFSYSTEM:- (SKYLIGHTS SYSTEM WITH POLY CARBONATE SHEET)

Multi cell Polycarbonate Panels 16mm thick with 5 cells - 6 walls structure over MS Supporting structures.
Panel Width shall be 900mm to ensure best performance for wind uplift. The panels shall beuniform in
colour with an integral Micro cell core with softlight finish to give diffused light. In a cross section, the core
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 59 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

shall be constructed of microcells not exceeding 4mm x 4mm and shall be square/ rectangular in
appearance. Panels shall be coextruded with UV Protection layers with thickness and concentration to
filter and block more than 99% of the UV rays (UVA and UVB) through a clear panel. The weight of the
only panel shall not be less than 3250 gram per square meter. Panel shall have U value not more than
1.9 W/m2k and UV transmission of less than 0.1% with UV filtration test AS No.1067-1990.
Panel and system should have impact and shock resistance with D1-10j -M 50 ,300 J -M 50 400 J. Panel
system shall have Vertical Standing Seam 15mm at both sides and snap-on connector to interlock the
panels with a grip-lock 2 tooth locking mechanism to ensure maximum uplift capability. Panels shall be
fixed on Purlins with special SS Expansion fastener and polycarbonate U/2 connectors. Panel system
shall be sealed with additional Tape / End caps / Aluminium U-Profile (mill finish) at the ends. Panel
should pass through Sandbag impact test ASTM E 695-03 after 25,000 hours of environmental exposure
and Hailstone impact test ASTM E 822-81. The panel system shall pass water penetration test ASTM E -
331.The panel to have classification under BS1D0 for reaction to fire as per test standard EN 13501 –
1:2002 tested by an independent, recognized testing laboratory. Panels shall have Yellowness Index as
per ASTM D-1925; the change shall not be more than 10 points after 60 months of exposure in
comparison to original. The Colour of the panel shall change no more than 3 units as per ASTM D2244
after 60 months of exposure in comparison to original. The Light Transmission of panels shall not change
more than 10% after exposure of 60 months in comparison to original.
The panels shall pass the cyclone test in accordance with BCA 2009 and conforming to the methods of
testing requirement as per AS 4040.3- 1992. The Panels shall be manufactured with approved quality
assurance as per ISO 9001 & ISO 14001 and manufacturer should have successful project reference in
Indian sub-continent at least 10 years old. Translucent polycarbonate system Materials and Products
shall be manufactured by a company continuously and regularly employed in the manufacture of
translucent systems using poly carbonate panel systems for a periodof atleast twenty(20) years and the
panels shall be warranted for ten (10) years. Third party test certificates to be submitted at the time of
supplying the material to Engineer in Charge.

Detail Technical Specification:

Polycarbonate Panel System should be 16mm thick (minimum) with 5 cells – 6 walls structure conforming
to technical specifications mentioned below: -
1. Panel shall be 16mm thick(min.) single panel.
2. The panels shall be uniform in color with an integral Microcell core. In cross section, the core shall
be constructed of Microcell of maximum 4mmx 4mm and shall be square/ rectangular in appearance
for even diffusion of light.
3. Panels shall be coextruded with UV Protection layers to filter harmful UV rays with thickness and
concentration to the UV should block more than 99% of the UVA and UVB through a clear panel.
4. Panel shall have Uvalue not more than 1.9W/m2k and UV transmission lessthan0.1%with UV
filtration test AS No.1067-1990.
5. The weight of the panel only shall not beless than 3250-gram pers quare meter.
6. The panels shall have impact and shock resistance ofD1-10J-M50,300J-M50,400JforSoft and hard
body impact test.
7. Panel should achieve minimum sound absorption level 21DB with third partyTest certificate.
8. Panels shall be manufactured with Vertical Standing Seam at both sides of the panel. Welding or
gluing of up stands or standing seam is not acceptable.
9. The height of the standing seam shall be 15 mm to ensure best connect or engagement.
10. Snap-on connector to interlock the panels shall have agrip-lock 2 tooth locking mechanism to
ensure maximum uplift capability, water tightness and air tightness.
11. Panels shall be fixed on Purlins with SS Expansion fastener and polycarbonate U connectors.
12. Panelshallbe sealed with additional Endcap / Aluminum U-Profile (millfinish) for ends or Welded

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 60 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

ends to secure and Leak proof system form the end.

13. Panel should pass through Sandbag impact test ASTM E 695-03 after 25,000 hours of
environmental exposure.
14. Panel should repel minimum 25mm hail stone at velocity21mtr/second with no penetration
supported by the test certificate as per standard ASTM E -822 -81
15. The panel to have classification under B,S1,D0 for reaction to fire as per test standard EN 13501 –
1:2002 tested by an independent, recognized testing laboratory.
16. Panels shall have Yellowness Index as per ASTMD-1925; the change shall not be more than 10
points 60 months of exposure in comparison to original.
17. The Color of the panel shall change no more than 3 units of delta Easper ASTM D2244-89, E308-85
(AIR) after 60 months of exposure in comparison to original.
18. The Light Transmission of panels shall not change more than10% after exposure of 60 months in
comparison to original.
19. The panels shall pass the cyclone test in a ccordance with BCA 2009 and conforming to the
methods of testing requirement as per AS 4040.3- 1992.
20. Panel shall be manufactured in a manufacturing facility with approved quality assurance procedure
as per ISO 9001 & ISO 14001.
21. Translucent polycarbonate system Materials and Products shall be manufactured by a company
continuously and regularly employed in the manufacture of translucent systems using
polycarbonate panel systems for a period of at least twenty (20) years.
22. Panel Manufacturer shall provide warranty against any manufacturing defects fora period of 10
years and the manufacturer should have successful project reference in Indian sub-continent
which is at least 10 years old.
23. Third party test certificate to be submitted along with the offer for theproject.
24. Color: As approved
25. Approved Make: As per Site-in-charge
26. EXCLUSION: Cost of RCC/ steelcolumn/ steelstructure/ Gutter/ Flashing/ EPDM Gasket/ Sealant/
downward rain water pipes, if required

9. EXTERNAL FAÇADE SYSTEM:-(VERTICAL FINGLAZING SYSTEM)

A. VERTICAL FIN GLAZING SYSTEM: -

Design, Supply and Installation of Vertical Fin Glazing system consisting of Super Durable Powder coated
aluminum and glass of approved make, aluminumframework fabricated out of heavy duty Aluminum
extruded profile powder coated with Super durable powder coating by electrostaticspraying and hard
stoved to not less than 60 micron thickness to comply with BS 6496:1994 (1991) and AAMA 2603-98
standard as per approved shade. The system shall be an all-mullion system with no horizontal aluminum
members. The height of the façade in 12m min. The mullion depth shall be 400mm plus size. The glass
will be supported on sword plates which shall be hidden within the grooves, so no member seen. The
Wind load brackets shall be equally spaced (Not less than 800mm) between Sword Plates. The wind
pressure for Jodhpur Airport shall be 1.7 Kpa the top brackets shall be dead load brackets with lower
brackets as slider brackets.
All groves shall have gaskets with non-bleed silicon. Depending on coating availability, Mullion joint
approval can be decided.
The aluminum members shall be protected with protections tapes all around the profile for safety against
external scratches at site. (Protection tape shall be removed only at a time of handing over as per the
instructions of project management.).The anchoring/ bracing of the glazing to the RCC slabs/ beams/

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 61 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

columns shall be done with required number of non-corrosive galvanized extended brackets of approved
design (Galvanizing to be done conforming to IS: 4759-1996 upto 610 gms per sqm, 100 microns
thickness) with approved Stainless steel anchor fasteners of the minimum 12mm diameterand depth of
minimum 100mm, in the concrete and stainless steel bolts including providing and fixing GI shims of
various thickness to adjust the beam level and line variation. The anchoring system has been design to
withstand the dead load of structural wall as well as stresses due to wind pressure etc. The glazing frame
shall be aligned for each vertical mullion for the entire height by laser beam equipment to ensure 100%
xaxis and yaxis alignment. To make the joint water and air ti ght the glazing frame work provided with
approved in built drainage system. All the joints of the structural glazing system and the periphery of glass
shall be properly sealed with specified nonstaining weather silicon. The details of inbuilt drainage system
should be submitted by the contractor before execution. The System must accommodate Windload,
deadload, Thermal movements due to thermal expansion and contraction resulting from temperature
differential of 5 degreeCelsius to 70 degree Celsius and Seismic Movements
EPDM gasket of suitable profile to accommodate glasses in all vision areas shall be provided at all
glazing area to make the glazing water and air tight. EPDM gaskets to be micro cured. All screws,
washers used shall be only stainless steel 316 grades and through, Bolts, Nuts and Anchors used shall
be only stainless steelof 316 grades etc.(The Structural Calculation & System drawings shall be provided
by Consultant / approved specialized agency however the executing agency has to submit shop drawings
and mock-up based on same which have to be approved by EIC before start of work.)
1. Extruded aluminium sections shall be of 6063 T6 / 6061 T6 alloy to be as per structural calculations of
Jindal/ Gujrat Aluminium / Global/Arabian Extrusion AREXCO or approved equivalent.
2. Coating of aluminium section will be powder coated with Super durable powder coating by
electrostatic spraying and hard stoved to not less than 60 micron thickness to comply with BS 6496-
1994 (1991) and AAMA 2603-98 standard of approved shade as per direction of EIC.
3. Heavyduty, best quality EPDM gasket at joints and connection between Aluminium members.
4. 39.52 mm thick Hermetically-sealed laminated insulated glass (double glazed) units of size and shape
as required and specified, comprising with 15.52 mm thick laminated glass (8 mm Clear Heat
Strengthened Glass + 1.52mm PVB Layer + 6 mmHeat Strengthened Low eGlass + 12mm airgap+6
mm thick heat soaked, toughened clearglass, as per specification fixed in precise size on the outer
infill panel of make

Fabrication:
Fabricate glass units in accordance with industry standards. Comply with combined written instructions of
manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent
requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. Glazing channel
dimensions, as indicated on drawings, provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face
clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. Adjustas requiredby project
conditions during installation. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove
damaged glass from project site and legally dispose of off project site. Damaged glass is glass with edge
damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass and impair performance and
appearance. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by
pre-construction sealant-substrate testing.
Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications,
unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable
for heel bead. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites.
Provide spacers for glass lites where the length plus width is larger than 1250 mm as follows:
Locate spacers directly opposite each other on both inside and outside faces of glass. Install correct size
and spacing to preserve required face clearances, unless gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have
demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and to comply with system performance
requirements.
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 62 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Provide 3-mm minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing
tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape.

Provide edge blocking were indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing
channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced
glazing publications. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar
characteristics. Provide certification to glass make up and heat strengthening or tempering in lieu of
etching glass make up on lites. Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to glaze
openings indicated for project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite
complyingwith written instructions ofthe product manufacturer and referencedglazingstandards, to comply
with the system performance requirements. Clean – cut or flat – grind vertical edges of butt – glazed
monolithic lites in a manner that produces square edges with slight kerfs at junctions with indoor and
outdoor faces. Grind smooth and polish exposed glass edges

Fabrication tolerances shall be per FGMA:

Insulated Glass
Pre-assembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass separated interspaced and complying with ASTM
E 774 for Class CBA units and with requirements article. Provide HS (heat strengthened glass in place of
annealed glass wherever thermal stresses induced by differential shading of individual glass lites and to
comply with glass design requirements specified in “performance Requirements” clause. Provide FT
(Fully tempered) or laminated glass where safety glass is indicated, based. Sealing System: Dual seal
with primary and secondary sealants as follows: Manufacturers standard sealants.

Spacer specifications:
Manufacturer’s standard spacer material and construction complying with the following requirements
Aluminium with Black Colour – anodized finish
Desiccant: Molecular sieve or silica gel, or blend of both.
Corner construction: Manufacturer’s standard corner construction

Elastomeric Glazing Sealants General

Provide products of type indicated, complying with the following requirements

Compatibility
Select glazing sealants that are compatible with one another and with other materials they willcontact,
including glass products, seals of insulating glass units and glazing channel substrate, under conditions of
service and applications, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testingand field experience.

Suitability
Comply with sealant and glass manufacturers’ written instructions for selecting glazing sealants suitable
for applications indicated and for conditions existing at time of installation.

Colours of exposed glazing sealants

As selected by client from manufacturer’s fullrange for these characteristics

Elastomeric Glazing Sealant Standard

Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid – applied, chemically curing
sealant in the glazing schedule.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 63 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Additional Movement Capability

Where additional movement capability is specified in the glazing sealant schedule, provide products with
the capability, when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C
719, to withstand the specified percentage change in the joint width existing at time of installation and
remain in compliance with other requirements in ASTM C 920 for uses indicated.

Glazing Gaskets

Dense Compression Gaskets

Moulded or extruded gaskets of material indicated below, complying with standard referenced withname
of elastomer indicated below, and of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal: Silicone,
ASTM C 1115

Soft Compression Gaskets

Extruded or Moulded, Closed - cell ,integral – skinned gaskets of material indicated below; complying with
ASTM C 509,Type II, black; and of profile hardness required to maintain water tight seal.
Silicone

Miscellaneous Glazing Materials

General
Provide products of material, size and shape complying with referenced glazing standards, requirements
of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials for application indicated and witha proven record of
compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation.

Cleaner, primers and sealers

Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturers

Setting Blocks
Elastomeric material with a Shore Adurometer hardness of 85, plus o rminus 5

Spacers
Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusionswith a Shore A durometer hardness required by
glassmanufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated.

Edge Blocks
Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement.
Execution Examination
Examine framing glazing, with Installer present, for compliance with the following:
1. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, square, and offsets at corners.
2. Presence and functioning of weeps ystem.
3. Minimum required face or edge clearances.
4. Effective sealing between joints of glass-framing members.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

PREPARATION
Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove
coatings not firmly bonded to substrates.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 64 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

B. GLAZING GENERAL
1. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other
glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced
glazing publications.
2. Glazing channel dimensions, as indicated on Drawings, provide necessary bite on glass, minimum
edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. Adjust as
required by Project conditions during installation.
3. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from
Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other
imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass and impair performance and appearance.
4. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by pre-
construction sealant-substrate testing.
5. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications,
unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant
suitable for heel bead.
6. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites.
7. Provide spacers for glass lites where the length plus width is larger than 1250 mm as follows:
8. Locate spacers directly opposite each other on both inside and outside faces of glass. Install correct
size and spacing to preserve required face clearances, unless gaskets and glazing tapes are used
that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and to comply with system
performance requirements.
9. Provide 3-mm minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. With
glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape.
10. Provide edge blocking were indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in
glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according torequirements in
referenced glazing publications.
11. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics.

TAPE GLAZING:
1. Position tapes on fixed stops so that, when compressed by glass, their exposed edges are flush with
or protrude slightly above sightline of stops.
2. Install tapes continuously, but not necessarily in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make
them fit opening.
3. Where framing joints are vertical, cover these joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first and then
to jambs. Where framing joints are horizontal, cover these joints by applying tapes to jambs and then
to heads and sills.
4. Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal
joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer.
5. Do not remove release paper from tape until just before each glazing unitisinstalled.
6. Apply heel bead of elastomeric sealant.
7. Centre glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against tape by inserting dense
compressiongasketsformed andinstalled to lockinplace against facesof removable stops. Start gasket
applications at corners and work toward centres of openings.

GASKET GLAZING(DRY)
1 Fabricate compression gaskets in lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings
exactly, with stretch allowance during installation.
2 Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop so it is securely in place with
joints miter cut and bonded together at corners.
3 Centre glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket by

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 65 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable
stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centres of openings. Compress gaskets to
produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with
sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer.
4 Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops.

SEALANT GLAZING(WET)
1 Install continuous spacers, or spacers combined with cylindrical sealant backing, between glass litres
and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass
channel and blocking weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers or spacers and backings in
place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum
sealant performance.
2 Force sealants into glazing channelsto eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of
sealant to glass and channel surfaces.
3 Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial washaway from glass.

LOC-STRIP GASKET GLAZING:

Comply with ASTMC716 and gasket manufacturer's written instructions. Provide supplementary wet seal
and weep system, unless otherwise indicated.

PROTECTION AND CLEANING

1 Protect exterior glass from damage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to
framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to the glass surface. Remove non-permanent
labels, and clean surfaces.
2 Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations,
including weld splatter. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact
with glass, remove them immediately as recommended by glass manufacturer.
3 Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at
frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for build-up of dirt, scum,
alkaline deposits, or stains; remove as recommended by glass manufacturer.
4 Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged in any way,
including natural causes, accidents, and vandalism, during construction period.
5 Wash glass on both exposed surfaces ineach area of Project not more than four days beforedate
scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion.Wash glass as recommended
by glass manufacturer.
6 Install the glazing elements so as to avoid soiling or smudging of the face of glass
7 Clean glass at the time of the installation. Final cleaning shall be conducted prior to final acceptance
by client

C. FAÇADE CLEANING SYSTEM

1. Dual Powered Self-Propelled Articulated Spider Boom Lift @External & Internal Cleaning:
They are aerial work platforms with multiple sections that "articulate,"allowing the userto gain access to
work areas that may be blocked by barriers or obstacles. These units are very versatile and work perfectly
in areas with hard-to-reach places. Self-driven articulated crawler type boom lift for working height of
maximum 26m. The boom lift shall have 200kg basket capacity (for 2 persons includingtools) and lift
capacity at maximum forward reach 120 kg at 13.5 meters. 360-degree turn table rotation, drive speed of
2km/ hrwith hydraulic stabilizing goutriggers, over load alarm with safetycut-off. CE certified machine (EN-

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 66 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

280 standard) with all safety features. The boom lift suitable to work for indoor as well as outdoor
applications with dual power options- AC (230V single phase power supply) and DC (24V battery).

Properties:
Max. working height 26.00m
Max. working out reach(120kg) 13.50m
Turn table rotation 360°
Aluminium 90°+90°
basket2000x800x1100mm with
max. load capacity 200 Kg (2
operators) Basket rotation
Dieselmotor Hertz25.7kW
Max.gradelimitintranslation 30%
Gross weight 5400 kg
Outrigger footprint 3900x3800mm/4400x3200mm/3200x4400mm
Transport dimensions Length6600mm–width1400mm – height 2000 mm

Electro-hydraulic controls Danfoss Radio control Lock valves on cylinders

Acoustic signal during translation
Motor start / stop control from the basket Extensible outriggers to facilitate loading on truck Handpump
foremergency descent.
Locks for safety belts on the basket Outreach limiting device.
Rubber tracks Electric motor 220VHour counter Air/ waterplug Electrical plug220V Standard painting CE
Certificate
Use and maintenance handbook.

2. Two Manpower Cradle:

Dimension of cradle will be2.3mtr(L) X1.1mtr(H)X0.7mtr(W). With wire rope of Size: Dia. 8mm, 6x 19
Galvanized. Hoisting speed will be 8.5m/min.
One number of two manpower cradle set comprises of all steel welded construction with aluminum
chequered plate floor comprising hollow box section frame of front part of the cradle, shot blasted, zinc
flame sprayed after fabrication and finished with calcium plumb ate or zinc chromate primer, one
undercoat and one gloss coat of paint. The cradle is fitted with PVC covered foam buffering to the leading
edge and two return sides at floor level.
The cradle is equipped for rigging with a pair of electrically powered hoisting winches, each with an
interlocked over speed device complete with wire suspension ropes of appropriate length and power
supply cable from the roof to cradle. The cradle has castors fitted to the base for ease of transfer.

Technical Data:
Platform Construction Constructed out of MS box section. The flooring is Aluminum
chequered plate with toe board; FittedwithPVC covered foam
buffering. Provided with two no. slewing and two no. fixed
position Castors. Complete paneling in SS perforated sheet.
Safe Working Loadon 180Kg.(2Persons+Materials)
Platform
Power Requirement Plug and Socket outlet 5pin (IP64protected)415V,3 phase,
50Hz. 20 Amps
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 67 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Cable requiredatsite PVC copper flexible cable 6corex 2.5Sqmm. Length as per
site condition.
Nominal Length 2300 mm
Width 700mm
Height 1100 mm
Hoisting Height AsRequired
Hoisting/ Lowering 8.5M/Min.
Speed
Suspension wire ropes Two, one at each end
Safety wire ropes Two, one at each end

Wire Rope Size: Dia.8mm,6x19 Galvanized

Specification
Wire Rope Safety 10:1
Over speed Devices Inbuilt
Hoist Units European make Hoist or Equivalent
Power Supply As required
Rope Reeving Rope winding/unwinding onto power reelers fitted below the
winches for both, main suspension and secondary safety wire.
Torque Limiters provided for slack freereeving.
Controls Central control in the cradle for traction hoists with IP55
protection, Main Switch, Phase Protection& PushButtons.

10. EXPANSION JOINT

A. ROOF TO ROOF JOINT

Roof to Roof expansion joint system of approved make and manufactures for various roof locations as per
approved drawings and Direction of Engineer-In-Charge. The joints shall be of extruded aluminum base
members with self-aligning and self-centering arrangement support plates as per ASTM B221-02. The
system shall be such that it provides watertight roof to roof/roof to corner joint cover expansion control
system that is capable of accommodating multidirectional seismic movement without stress to its
components. System shall consist of metal profile that incorporates a universal aluminum base member
designed to Accommodate various project conditions and roof treatments. The cover plate shall be
designed of width and thickness required to satisfy movement and loading requirements and secured to
base members by utilizing manufacturer’s pre-engineered self-centering arrangement that freely rotates /
moves in all directions. The Self centering arrangement shall exhibit circular sphere ends that lock and
slide inside the corresponding aluminum extrusion cavity to allow freedom of movement and flexure in all
directions including vertical displacement. The Joint System shall resist damage or deterioration from the
impact of falling ice, exposure to UV, airborne contaminants and occasional foot traffic from maintenance
personnel. Provision of Moisture Barrier Membrane in the Joint System to have watertight joint is
mandatory requirement. (Material shall confirm to ASTM 6063).

A. FLOOR TO FLOOR 50MM TO 200MM

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 68 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Straight 90-degree Pan Design, seismic expansion joint system with moisture/water barrier membrane,
for Expansion Joints All Aluminum Covers Profiles, having a Hard Wearing, Maintenance Free, long-
Lasting design with No Shrink seal and No gasket with straight 90- degree Pan design to take 90 Degree
of cut stone or other floor finish. The profile should be flushed with floor finish once installed. The
Exposed Surface of the Expansion Joint Covers should have Micro Serrated Surface, which should
ensure to have a good Skid Resistance so that it avoids any kind of Slippages when used. The bottom
plate shall be rough finish to make proper bond betweenfloor finish and metal plate. These flanges should
slide smoothly on the side frame and must have single piece extrusion with pan side frame to ensure
smooth movement.
The design of the Expansion Joint Cover System should be such that it should avoid any accumulation of
dirt & Bacteria. The Expansion Joint Cover should have a Seismic and Articulated Telescope Design so
asto accommodate the movementsin 3 directions. It should also accommodate a Vertical Displacement/
Thermal Movementof +/-20mm. Expansion joint system shall be designed for following criteria.
• Loadof 5Kn/m2(udl)/ 9kn point load (as perIS875 part2, for vehicle gross weight 4000kg.
• Vehicletype: car, forklift, scissorlift etc.
The surface of the system should be Mill finish. The Total Visible width on each Micro Serrated side will
be maximum 65mm & the installation Height will be 60 mm. The mounting brackets will be predrilled. The
depth of Pan infill will be a minimum of 30mm. The system can be used for standardRolling Loads of Golf
kart or cleaning kart Wheel Loads if required. The system should have ASTM1399 E certification. The
extrusion should be as ASTM 6063 T66 standards. For Precise Transitions the factory supplied slid-in
connection pins should be used during the installation of the cover system. The Expansion Joint
Covers/Profile shall be supplied in 3 meter (or as per site) Cut – Length. The contractor shall submit the
shop drawings to the engineer-in-charge and get the approval prior to start of installation. A mock-up shall
be made at site as per approved shop drawings and the cost of the mock-up shall be included in the rate,
nothing shall be paid extra for the same. All work shall be done as per approved shop drawing and
direction of Engineer-in-charge.

Product:
Extruded Aluminum profile Alloy:ENAW-AlMg 0,7Si –T66(DIN EN573-2)Standard: ENAW-6063 –T 66
(DIN EN 573-1) Extrusion: extruded ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T6 in Mill finish Systems: Floor- to-Floor
Joint Systems: Floor-to-Wall Joint Systems: Technical equivalent Test Standard: ASTM1399 E test
according to part IV, combined thermal/seismic with 500 movement cycles (Test certificate tobe provided)
All Aluminum profile with 90 degree PAN design to take 90-degree Stone or any other finish. The Profile
should be flushed with floor finish on either side without creating any bump. Theside flanges should be a
part of the PAN in a single extrusion with micro serration for skid resistance. The side flanges have EPDM
beading on the bottom frame to avoid any water leakage the centre Pan to have a depth of 30 to 35mm
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 69 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

for infill of Stone/any other finish. The total installation height ofthe profile to be 60mm, approved
fasteners/screws shall be used to fix the profile to ascertain the guaranteed stability of whole system.
Connecting pins to be used to keep the alignment of the Frame in line. The Centre plate to have a
thickness of minimum 5mm or as adequate to take the design load. The system should be able to take
movement in all 3 directions (x, y & z axis) with vertical displacement of +/- 20mm.

B. WALL TO WALL 50-75MM

Wall to wall Expansion Joints width for 25mm to 75mm in accordance with the requirements of the
specifications. The joint covers are designs utilizing extruded aluminum base members of 100mm long
along with the Snap in Tension Clip System. The material shall be such that it provides an Expansion
Joints System suitable for Vertical Wall to Wall Flat & Horizontal Ceiling to Ceiling Flat application. The
Joint System shall utilize lightweight aluminum profiles exhibiting minimal exposed aluminum surfaces of
100mm mechanically locking with a specifically designed clip made up of stainless steel to facilitate
movement. Throughout the normal movement cycle, the system shall demonstrate the ability to remain
flat at all times and provide a flush transition between Opposing and adjacent finish construction:

C. WALL TO WALL 100-200MM

For Interior/ External Metal Series, Wall to wall /ceiling to ceiling Model, Expansion Joints Aluminum
Covers Profile. The design of the Joint Cover System should be such that the system should snap onto a
50mm wide, hook shaped aluminum clip. The system should have gasket seals on the edges to provide
scratch protection to the wall finish and prevent accumulation of dust. The system shouldbe in 6063 alloy
in clear anodized matt.

11. WALL FINISHES

A. LACQUERED GLASS
Lacquered Glass of 6 mm thick annealed SGG Planilaque Evolution or equivalent (premium GRIHA rated
lacquered glass) manufacturedindustrially by curtain coating process with PU lacquer (50 micron thick),
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 70 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

opaque (if viewed against a support wall) conforming to EN 16477 standards for back painted glass , of
approved colour by Architect/ Client fixed with compatible SGG Glassmate Ultrafixor equivalent - Neutral
Alkoxy based Silicone having Shear Bond Strength (Dry, 24 hours), greater than 450 kpa and tack free
time of 10 to 30 mins compatible for installation of mirror and lacquered glass / SGG Glassmate Mirror
mounting tape MIRROR MOUNTING TAPE or equivalent - Foambased double sided adhesive tape for
instantaneous adhesion, compatible with mirror and lacquered glass having Shear bond strength (Dry, 15
mins) of 250 to 350 kpa)on a perfectly leveled 12mmthick water proof marine plywood / MDF / Mineral
fibre board which is mounted on the RCC wall/any other.

Properties: -
High humidity Resistance (conforms to BS EN 1036 1999); Colour fastness ISO 105B02 standard &
Mechanical Resistance ISO 7784 (Taber Abrasion test) ISO 2409 ( Cross Hatch Test ) standard The
manufactured back painted glass should be environmentally friendly (no lead, no arsenic, no copper, no
formaldehyde); appropriate recycled content (12% postindustrial / 6% post-consumer); compressive
strength (1000 MPa) & tensile strength (40 MPa),same as float glass
1. Lacquered glass/ Back painted glass must be made industrially (via curtain coating process or
equivalent ); opaque (if viewed against a support wall), coated with PU lacquer (min 25 micron thick);
2. Colour consistency (measured by Minoltaspectro photometer CM5081 or equivalent);
3. Highly durable(passes PERSOZ hardness test for minimum 220 oscillations or equivalent);
4. Humid resistant (conforms to BS EN 1036 1999 or equivalent); environmentally friendly (no lead, no
arsenic, no copper, no formaldehyde);
5. Appropriate recycled content (12% post-industrial / 6% post-consumer or as per standards);
compressive strength (1000 MPa) & tensile strength (40 MPa), same as float glass

B. SS RAILING WITH GLASS:

Stainless steel (Grade 304) glass railing made of Hollow tubes, channels, plates etc., including welding,
grinding, buffing, polishing and making curvature (wherever required) and fitting the same with necessary
stainless steel nuts and bolts complete, i/c fixing the railing with necessaryaccessories & stainless steel
dash fasteners , stainless steel bolts etc., of required size, on the top of the floor or the side of waist slab
with suitable arrangement as per approval of Engineer-in-charge,and fixing 12mm toughened glass with
the help of suitable flat head brushed steel bolts, complete work as per architectural drawing.

12. EXTERNAL PAINTING

Finishing exterior walls with Ceramic textured finish protection coating (Ceramic/ Stony of approved
shade or approved equivalent make) to external wall surfaces comprising of water-borne, penetrating,
water repellent EM- primer & super durable water based acrylic silicon resin clear and super durable dirt
and dust resistant protection coat of FSI Clear coat, which shall be highly water repellent, Anti- algae &
anti-fungal in nature. The coating shall also cover hairline cracks with application method which includes 2
coats of E M Primer, 2 coats (Simultaneously) of 100% natural Ceramic & granite crushed stone, all in
approved colour and texture including preparation of surface, appropriate primer coat etc. applied as per
manufacturer's instructions complete & project consultant instructions, allow for scaffolding, staging as
required. The finish shall be natural colour/ non pigmented, water repellent, resistant to condensate
formation, cover hairline cracks/ crazing, UV & alkali resistant & ensure good breathability for the
substrate all to complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

13. ART WORK

The artwork shall be 1.0% of project cost. The artwork can be painting, sculpture of Stainlesssteel, resin,
FRC, GRC, concrete or any other material. The artwork scheme is to be prepared by any specialized
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 71 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

agency hired by the contractor. The scheme is to be presented to NBCC/ Client for approval.

14. GRC SCREENWORK

Providing and fixing Glass Fibre Reinforced Concrete (G.R.C) Screen casted with 'Spray Mix' concrete
design in approved size, pattern, thickness (Border 40-50mm thick & Internal Member 15- 20mm thick)
and shade. The Elements should be made from ‘43 grade’ Ordinary Portland Cement. White Quartz fine
graded sieve Silica Sand, Alkali ResistantGlass Fibre, Super Plasticizers, Polymers and U.V resistant
Synthetic inorganic pigments should be used for pigmentation manufactured by industries or equivalent.
The Elements casting shall take place with layering methodology using-Direct Power Spray machines.
The GRC Elements flexural strength average L.O.P should be aboveor equivalent to 6 N/mm2 & M.O.R
should be above or equivalent to 12 N/mm2 for tests done on 28 days cured samples. The fixing of
Elements should be done using ‘Dry fixing’ method onto structural support members i.e., R.C.C, Brick
work or Red Oxide Primer -paint or Epoxy primer -paint treated mild steel. The fixtures, fasteners, and
self-tapping screws to be used for dry fixing . Clamps of 40x40x40x3mm to be used. The quantity of
fasteners or self-tapping screws shall be calculated in accordance to the weight of Elements and actual
site fixing conditions. Joints to be left open for any expansion & contraction due to changes in
temperature. If at all there is a requirement of Joint filling, then Elastomeric exterior grade paintable PU
Sealant to be used. For final finishing of Element one weather shield exterior grade water based diluted
paint coat will be done if required. Vendors shall submit shop drawings of the same, the drawings to be
duly approved by the Engineer in charge atsite.
GRC Technical Specifications:

S.No. Test Description Required Values Result TestMethod

Values
1. Dry Density >1800kg/cm3 1833kg/cm ASTM:D 7902-2015

Less than 8% of dry 6.45% ASTM:67-02

2. Water Absorption weight by immersion over
a period of 24 hours.
3. Limit of 6N/mm2 7N/mm2 ASTMC947- 2003
Proportionality (RA2016)
[LOP]
4. Modulus of 12N/mm2 14N/mm2 ASTMC947- 2003
Rupture [MOR] (RA2016)

Note:These are indicative design andpattern only.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 72 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 73 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

15. GRC MURALS:-

Providing and fixing Glass Fibre Reinforced Concrete (G.R.C) Panels casted with 'Spray Mix' concrete
design in approved size, pattern, thickness (Border 40-50mm thick & Internal Member 15- 20mm thick)
and shade. The Elements should be made from ‘43 grade’ Ordinary Portland Cement. White Quartz
finegraded sieve Silica Sand, AlkaliResistant Glass Fibre, Super Plasticizers, Polymers and U.V resistant
Synthetic inorganic pigments should be used for pigmentation manufactured by industries or equivalent.
The Elements casting shall take place with layering methodology using-Direct Power Spray machines.
The GRC Elements flexural strength average L.O.P should be aboveor equivalent to 6 N/mm2 & M.O.R
should be above or equivalent to 12 N/mm2 for tests done on 28 days cured samples. The fixing of
Elements should be done using ‘Dry fixing’ method onto structural support members i.e., R.C.C, Brick
work or Red Oxide Primer -paint or Epoxy primer -paint treated mild steel. The fixtures, fasteners, and
self-tapping screws to be used for dry fixing . Clamps of 40x40x40x3mm to be used.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 74 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

The quantity of fasteners or self-tapping screws shall be calculated in accordance to the weight of
Elements and actual site fixing conditions. Joints to be left open for any expansion & contraction due to
changes in temperature. If at all there is a requirement of Joint filling, then Elastomeric exterior grade
paintable PU Sealant to be used. For final finishing of Element one weather shield exterior grade water
based diluted paint coat will be done if required. Vendors shall submit shop drawings of the same, the
drawings to be duly approved by the Engineer in charge at site.

16. TERRACOTTA TILES (CLADDING WORK)

Façade at all heights with extruded hollow Terracotta ventilated rain screen tiles of height250/300/400
mm and length of 595/600 mm of approved texture, design and pattern having Flexural Strength/ Modulus
of Rupture of 14 N/m and maximum water absorption of 10% tested as per ISO 10545-4:2004(E) and ISO
10545-3:1995 respectively in true level fixed to a supporting aluminum framework (Alloy 6063 T5/T6)
consisting of vertical T (for intermediates)/'L'(for ends/ termination)/ Tubular sections (at corners) of size
80x60x2mm/ 40x60x2mm/ 40x40x2mm respectively, spaced at maximum spacing of 600mm c/c
matching to the tile vertical grid, and horizontal aluminum C' clamps of size 56x25x2mm thickness of
length 150mm at junction of tiles and of length 75mm at wall ends/ corners fixed on top of the vertical
sections at spacing of 250/ 300/ 400mm c/c matching to the tile horizontal grid with two numbers of self-
drilling/self-tapping SS screws of size 5.5x25 mm with EPM washers. The vertical T/L Tubular sections
shall be fixed to the wall using HDG (hot-dip-galvanized) steel L-brackets(galvanizing thickness of
minimum 80 microns) of size 110x80x6 mm at intermediate vertical aluminum profiles and of size
220x110x12 mm at outer corners and stainless steel grade304, M10 full threaded anchor fasteners with
nylon sleeve 100mm long (for brick work) and M8 expansion anchor fasteners 75mm long for concrete
surface, spacing of brackets to be based on a structural/ static calculation. The brackets shall be of length
175mm at junction of two vertical aluminum profiles and of length 100mm at intermediate points of vertical
profiles and shall be fixed to the vertical aluminum T/L/ Tubular profiles using two numbers self-
drilling/self-tapping SS screws of size 5.5x25mm with EPDM washers. EPDM gaskets to be fixed in
between brackets and vertical profiles. The tiles shall be mounted on the C' clamps such that the tiles are
supported at top and bottom at both ends. The tiles shall be additionally secured to the horizontal C'
clamps using special SS clips of required size which shall be inserted and pressed into position on the 'C'
clamps holding the tiles. Thetiles andsystemshallbedesignedto resistwindloadasper IS875(Part3)
accordingto different zones. The tiles shall be installed using the ventilated rain screen principle with
provision for natural ventilation of the space between the façade tiles and the structural wall. The work
shall be carried out as per specification,

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 75 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TERRACOTTA WALL CLADDING SYSTEM

MATERIAL: The Terracotta wall cladding system shall be made of Terracotta as per below specifications

SPECIFICATIONS FOR TERRACOTTA

Tolerances ISO10545-2
Tolerances ISO10545-2 Length(extrusionDirection)+/-
1mm*Height +/-1mm*
Thickness +/-10%*
Surface flatness of diagonal or +/-0.5%
height
Thermal Conductivity 1.04-1.18W/(mK)
Stain resistance ISO10545-14 Atleastclass3
Frost resistance ISO10545- 12 Unalterable according to test(100
Cycles+-5Chemical Resistance Only applicable in corrosive conditions.
Atleast G&BClass
Water absorption 3% to 10%depending upon colour
Danger of sparking Non-sparking
The terracotta façade cladding system shall consist of the following elements to formarigid & ventilated
support base for installation of the Terracotta cladding facade systems.
The façade system shall comprise of the following described from top to bottom:
(I) 18 mm thickTerracotta- Finish (as approved by architect)
(II) Aluminum Box Section- Tubular sections (atcorners)of size80x60x2mm/
40x60x2mm/ 40x40x2mm respectively for 250/300/400 mm width.
Panel Sizes shall be 250/300/400 mm width X 595/600 mm length or as site conditions and direction of
engineer -in -charge.
The system can be installed horizontally/vertically on a metal framework that is fixed to the existing Main
Structure / Plastered wall using appropriate Aluminum Framework. The panels have anelegant
appearance with a reveal joint. The system belongs to the rain screen family -wall cladding installed with
a ventilated air space.
Terracotta Wall CladdingSystem:
Rain screen Terracotta wall cladding typical details are shown (with width 400mmand length 600mm)
below, tile width is as approved by architect/ Client or site in charge.

Signature of Contractor Page 75 NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK
KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 76 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Execution:
Terracotta Wall Cladding to be done by specialized agencies as approved by the manufacturer &
engineer in charge. The execution installer shall have experience in installation of Terracotta Wall
Cladding system and should have completed Terracotta wall cladding works in India of similar Magnitude.
Agencies without any prior experience of Terracotta wall cladding shall not be approved for execution of
the Terracotta Wall Cladding.

17. TENSILE CANOPY (LANDSCAPE AREA)

Specifications for Tensile Membrane Structures (Design & Build) General & SpecialConditions
Part-I: - The Tensioned Fabric Structure Manufacturer (hereafter referred to as "TFS Manufacturer") shall
be responsible for the design, engineering, fabrication, supply and installation of the work specified
herein. The intent of this specification is to have single source responsibility for the above functions.
Part-II: - Tender specifications are intended to establish general design concept. TFS Contractor to
develop a concept design for the proposed area, and design it subject to compliance with the
requirements of this Specification, the Architectural approval, and Engineer’s/Architect’s approval.
Part-III: - Performance Requirements: TheTFS Manufacturer shall be responsible for the engineering
design, procurement, fabrication, installation and certification (sign-off) of the tensioned membrane
structure keeping in line with the architectural requirement. All materials provided shall be new and
unused.
Part-IV:- Erection of the complete system shall be the scope of the same firm responsible for designing
and manufacturing the tensile fabric Structure.
Part-V: - TFS manufacturer to provide a structure suitable for the concept proposal made by them
following this specification. The design of foundation for the steel framing supporting fabric shall bethe
responsibility TFS Manufacturer. But the construction / execution of it to the precision of 5mm (max) shall
be the responsibility of Principal Contractor.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 76 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

SUBMITTALS
1. Data: This should include Fabric manufacturer’s product data, biaxial report. Include laboratory test
reports and other data, wherever applicable.
2. Engineering Submission: It should include Engineering drawings like GA, drawings shop and work
shop drawing and design calculation reports, cutting and welding report and drawings, seam line
drawings for the fabric for architectural approvals etc.
3. Samples: For each type of the exposed finish, the TFS contractor to provide the following
a. Fabric: A4 size of pre-stretched fabric meeting all the technical parameters.
b. Seam, Edge, and Corner Condition: Not less than 300mm long section showing seam, edge,
and corner treatment.
c. Exposed Hardware Finishes: Manufacturer’s standard-size unit, not less than76mm square.
d. Accessories: Manufacturer's full-sizeunit.

CODAL REFERENCES: -
i) IS : 2062 - Steel for general structures purposes–specs (supersedesIS:226)

ii) IS : 1367 - Fasteners-Threaded Steel–Technical Supply conditions,

Part3 Mechanical properties and Test Methods for Bolts, Screws and
- Studs with full load ability.
iii) IS : 1363 - Black Hexagonal Bolts, Nuts and Lock Nuts (diameter 6 to
39mm) and black hexagonal screw (diameter6to24mm) of
IS : 1364 - product Grade C.
Hexagonal headbolts, screws(M16toM64)
iv) IS : 3757 - Specs for high strength structural bolts nuts
IS : 6623
V) IS : 2016 - Specs for plain washers
IS : 6639 - Hexagon bolts for steel structures.
vi) IS: 814 - Specifications for covered Electrodes metal arcwelding of carbon
and carbon manganese steel – specs
vii) IS: 800 - Code of practice for general constructions in steel.
viii) IS: 816 - Code of practice for use of metal arc welding for general
constructions in mild steel specs for filler rods for gas welding.
ix) IS : 1278 - Welding rod sand bar select rodes forgas shielded are welding of
IS : 6419 - structural steel
x) IS : 9595 - Metal arc welding of carbon and carbon Manganese steel–
recommendations
xi) IS : 4353 - Recommendations for submerged arc welding of mildsteel
andlow alloy steel
xii) IS : 7280 - Specs for base wireelectrodes for submerged arc weldingof
structural steels
xiii) IS: 817 - Codes of practice for training and testing of metal arc welding
xiv) IS : 7316 - Approval test for welders when welding Procedure approval is
Part-01 not required
xv) IS : 1182 - Recommended practice for Radiographic Examination of fusion
welded butt joints in steel plates
xvi) IS : 2595 - Code of practice for Radiographic testing.

xvii) IS : 4260 - Recommended practice for ultra –sonic testing for buttwelds in
ferritic steels.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 77 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

xviii) IS : 3658 - Code of practice for Liquid penetrate flow detection

xix) IS:1477 - Code of practice for painting of ferrous (Part 1 & 2 ) Metals in
building
xx) IS : 2074 - Ready mix paint, air dying, red oxide zinc chrome, priming
specifications.
xxi) IS : 1852 - Specifications for rolling and cutting Tolerance for hot rolled steel
products
xxii) IS: 806 - Code of practice for use of steel tubes in General building
constructions
xxiii) IS : 1161 - Specifications for steel tubes for structural purposes

xxiv) IS : 7215 - Tolerances for fabrication of steel structures

xxv) IS: 822 - Code of procedures for inspection of welding

xxvi) IS: 801 - Code of procedure for use of cold–formed
Light gauge steel structural members in general building
constructions
xxvii) IS : 1599 - Method for bend test

xxviii) IS : 1608 - Mechanical testing of metals: TensileTest

xxix) IS : 7205 - Safety code for erection of structural steel work

xx) IS:7307 - Approval tests for welding procedures–Fusion welding ofsteel

XXI Fabric European design guide for surface tensile fabric structure forCp
reference values other references as per the shape factor for the surface.

EN1993 Design of steel structures–

EN1090 Execution of steel structures and aluminium structures– EN 10204 Metallic products - Types of
inspection documents –
EN10025 Hotrolled products of structural steels–
EN10210 Hotfinished structural hollow sections of non-alloy and fine grain steels – EN 14399 High-
strength structural bolting assemblies for preloading –
EN1011 Recommendations for welding of metallic materials – EN 1337 Structural Bearings (all relevant
parts)
The above list is not comprehensive, but only serves as a general guideline.
Materials, components and systems shall be applied, installed and otherwise used in strict accordance
with the recommended standards and procedures of the respective manufacturers. Use no materials,
equipment or practices that may adversely affect the function, appearance or durabilityof the completed
structure, the work or related construction.
Where requirements with respect to material grades, fabrication, tolerances, etc. specified in the Design
Drawings are in contradiction with the relevant codes and standards, the higher requirement shall persist.
This could be the case for example regarding the characteristic yield strength of steel plates in relation to
the plate thickness.

General Specifications
1. The requirement set forth in Relevant IS Codes for the designs, fabrication and erection of structural
steels for buildings shall govern this work, except as otherwise need on the drawings or as otherwise
specified.
2. In cases of conflict between clauses of these specifications and those in the Indian Standards, these
specifications shall govern.
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 78 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)
3. Substitutions ofsections ormodificationsof detailsor both shall be made only when approved, in
writing, by the Engineer in charge. The Contractor shall be responsible for all errors of fabrications
and for the correct fittings of the structural members shown on the drawings.

Fabric Codes to be followed

1 Yarn High Tenacity Polyester 1100Dtex.Low Wick
Treatment for Anticapillarity
2 Surface Treatment Cross Link PVDF
3 Coatedfabric Weight: Minimum 1050g/m²- as per ENISO2286-2
4 TensileStrength Warp/ Minimum 4300/4300N/5cm- as per ENISO 1421
Weft:
5 TearStrength Warp/ Weft: Minimum 550/500N- as per DIN53.363
6 Adhesion Minimum120N/5cm- as per ENISO2411
7 Elongation 24H - Minimum <1.2%/<1.2%- as per EN15977
100N/5cm(Warp/ Weft)
8 Residual Elongation <0.5%/<0.5%- as per EN15977
9 Flame Retardancy: Bs2,d0-EN13501-1,B1-DIN4102-1
10 MicroOrganism Resistance MethodA, Degree 0 Excellent– as per
ENISO846-A
11 SolarReflectance Index 84.9%-as per ASTME 1980-01(Approach II)
(SRI)
12 Greenguard Certificateof As per UL2818-2013 Gold standard for
Compliance Chemical Emissions for Building Materials,
finishes & Furnishings
13 Environmental ISO14001 to be practiced
Management
14 Warranty Minimum 20Years

Materials
All materials shall be new and shall conform to the irrespective specifications as specified. The use of
equivalent or higher grade or alternative materials shall be considered only in very special cases subject
to the approval of the Engineer.
a. Steel
Structural steel shall conform to IS:2062–Grade-A (Weldable quality)
Unless specified otherwise. Carbon steel pipes shall confirm to IS:1161of gradeYST –240or 250
higher as per the requirement of structural design.
b. Black Bolts and Nuts
Black bolts, nuts and screws shall be in accordance with IS:1363,1364,1367,3757,6623, and
6639- as applicable.
c. Washers
Washers shall confirm to IS:2016 or any other relevant ISCodes
d. Welding Electrodes
Covered electrodes for metal arc welding shall confirm to IS: 814, IS: 7280 for bare electrodes for
submerged arc welding or IS: 1278 for filler rods and wires for gas welding or any other
relevant codes.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 79 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Shop/ Fabrication drawings

The contractor shall prepare all fabrications drawings on the basis of the design and submit four copies to
the Engineer-in–Charge, well in advance to commencement of work for approval and comments of design
consultant, if any on the same. The Contractor shall fabricate all the structuralsteels work strictly
confirming to the specifications and approved fabrication drawings the consultant. Fabrication drawings
shall include the following:
- Member sizes and details
- Types and dimensions of weld and bolts
- Shapes and sizes of edge preparation or welding
- Details of shop and field joints included in the assemblers.
- Bill of Materials
- Quality of structural steel, welding electrodes, bolts, nuts and washers, etc to beused.
- Erection assemblies, identifying all transportable parts and sub-assemblies, associated with special
instructions, if required showing partmarks and erections marks.
-Calculations were asked for approval
-Method of erection and special precaution stobe taken during erection.

Issue of fabrication and erection drawings by contractor and review of the same by the client/ Design
Consultant shall in no way relieve the contractor ofhis responsibilities for correctness inthe execution of
the work and the contractor shall be required to modify /rectify the structure at any stage of thework in
case design consultant bring to his attention any mistake/omission in the fabrication drawing and the
fabrication based on the drawing or that the work does not conform to good engineering practices, such
modifications / rectification shall be made at no extra cost to the client.
The Contractor is required to update the fabrication drawings to include revisions made in design
drawings during the curse of work at no extra cost. The contractor shall supply two points of as built
drawings, along with their soft copies and transparencies at no extra cost.

Workmanship
The workmanship shall be equal to the standard practice followed in modem structural shop. All work
shall be adequately supervised ad care shall be taken to ensure that the structural members remain in
proper position. All similar parts shall be manufactures accurately so that the same could be interchanged
with other parts having same identification marks. Accuracy shall be maintained during fabrication to
ensure that all parts fit together during erection.
Fabrication
1. All fabrication work shall be done in full-fledged own fabrication plant or should have firm tie up with
single fabrication plant owner. However the contractor to fabricate the structural element at his work
shop nearby and transport the same to the site. This is to be done with prior approval of ENGINEER
INCHARGE.
2. All fabrication shall be done as per specifications, IS: 800, IS: 9595 and as per “Good for
Construction” fabrication drawings.
3. Fabrication shallalso be understood to include building up an element either by welding plates to a
rolled section, a combination of rolled sections withplates or asection/element builtup entirely with
plates/ tubes/ pipes/ hollow sections, elements having sections (rolled/ tubes/ built-up box sections)
fabricated to tapered profile.
4. The contractor should, prior to starting any fabrication ensures that the fabrication yard is levelledon
firm ground to take weight of structures and equipment.
5. Any defective fabrication or material pointed out at any stage shall be replaced by the contractor free
of cost.
6. All the fabricated and delivered items shall be suitably packed and protected from any damage during
transportation and handling. Any damage caused at any times shall be made good by the contractor
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 80 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

at his own cost.

7. In general tolerance for fabrication shall be as per IS:7215
Distortions due to weld heat must be compensated by both the shop design procedures (weld layout
design) as well as the welding sequence and appropriate measures during fabrication.
Machining of connecting surfaces must be considered where high accuracy is required in order to assure
the angle, length, planarity and alignment of connections. The initial plate thickness of machined parts has
to allow for reduction during machining. The thickness shown in the Design Drawings gives the
dimensions after machining. Welding and geometrical corrections must be done after machining.
The development, design and fabrication of any auxiliary devices such as jigs or templates for fabrication
is part of the scope and must be foreseen by the Contractors without any additional remuneration.
Contact surfaces of preloaded friction bolt connections must be cleaned by wire brushing, flaming or dry
blasting and protected with a blast primer. The blast primer is to be removed prior to final assembly.

Preparations of materials / Fabrications procedure Straightening

All materials shall be clean, reasonably straight and free from twists. If straightening or flattening is
necessary, itshall be done by a process approved by the GSIDC Consultant and ina manner thatwill not
damage the material. The specifications chamber wherever necessary shall be provided.

Marking
Marking of material shall be made on horizontal pads, or on appropriate racks or supports in order to
ensure horizontal and straight placement of such members.

Clearance
The erection clearance for members having end cleats or plates shall not be more then 2mm at each end,
whereas for other types of end connections it shall not be more than 3mm at each end. If for any reason a
greater and clearance is required, suitable seating, approved by the GSIDC Consultant shall be provided.

Templates
Templates used shall be of steel. In the case where actual parts have been used as templates for drilling
similar pieces, the Engineer – in – charge shall decide whether they are fit to be used.

Cutting

Machine cutting, flame cutting and planning:

Machine cutting or flame cutting may be allowed to use provided, a mechanically controlled cutting torch
is used for the flame -cutting and the resulting edge is reasonably clean and straight. Cut members shall
be free from distortion at cut edges. When gas cutting is adopted, the flame cut edge shall be machined
to a depth of 3 to 5mm depending on the thickness of the member.
Chipping of angle flanges and edges of plates wherever necessary shall be done without damaging the
parent metal. Chipped edges shall be ground to a neat finish and sharp corners and yammered rough
faces shall be rounded off.
Edge preparation for welding may be done by machine-controlled flame cutting with edges free of burns,
clean and straight.
The butting surfaces at all joints shall be planed so as to butt in close contact throughout the finished joint.
All flame-cut edges shall be planed, unless they are clean, square and true to shape.

Drilling/Holing
Holes for both shall be drilled. All holes, except as stated hereunder shall be drilled to the required size or
sub-punched 3mm less in diameter and reamed thereafter to the required size. The thickness of the
materials for sub-punching shall not be greater than 16mm. All materials holes for bolts shall register with
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 81 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)
each other so that a gauge of 0.8mm less in diameter of the hole can pass freely though the members
assembled for bolting in the direction at right angle to such members. All holes for turned and fitted bolts
shall be drilled under sized by nemmand after assembly, reamed to a
Toleranceof +0.13mm/0.0 mm unless otherwise specified. No holes shall be made by the gas cutting
process.

Bending
Cold bending of plates, flats, tubes / pipes and sections shall be carried out on bending rolls or in process.
The methodology for bending along with mockup shall be got approved from Engineer. In pipes provided
cold bending is not possible.
Appropriate bending method shall be adopted, so as to avoid wrinkles or surface or distortion of pipe
section, etc. If required suitable filler materials shall be decided by EIC based on the mock up and good
Engineering practice.
Accuracy of bending operations shall be checked by the -means of templates and the clearance between
member and template shall be decided by the EIC based on the mockup and goof engineering practice.
Bend members shall not have cracks wrinkles or deep indentations from bending equipment.

Assembly
All parts of bolted and welded members shall be held firmly in position by means of jigs or clamps while
bolting or welding. No drifting of holes shall be permitted except to draw theparts together and no drift
shall be larger than the normal diameter of bolt. Drifting carried out during assembly shall not distort the
metal or enlarge the holes
Trial assemblies shall be carried out at the fabrications stage to ensure accuracy of workmanship. These
cracks shall be witnessed by the Engineer-in-charge

Bolting
Bolts shall be grade class 8.8(Class eight point eight ).All turned and fitted bolts shall be parallel
throughout the barrel within the tolerance of 0.125mm unless otherwise specified and faces of heads and
nuts bearing on steel work shall be machined All such bolts shall be provided with washers not less
than3mmthick,sothatwhenthenutis tightened itshall notbear theunthreadedbody ofthebolt and the
threaded portion of the bolt should not be within the thickness of the parts bolted together. The threaded
portion of each bolt shall project through the nut by at least one thread. Square tapered washers shall be
provided for all heads and nuts bearing on levelled surface. Flat washers shall be circular in shape nuts
and washers, etc. shall be thoroughly cleaned and dipped in linseed oil.

Preparation of member for bolting

The member shall be assembled for bolting with proper jigs and fixtures to sustain the assemblies without
deformation and bending. Before assembly all sharp edges, rust, dirt, etc shall be removed. Before
assembly the surfaces in contact of the member shall be cleaned.

General
Welding of steel shall be in accordance with ID:800, IS : 816, IS :817, IS : 4353, IS : 1223 and IS : 9595
as applicable. Welds shall be made by qualified welders. A welder shall produce satisfactory evidence of
his ability to do a given type of work and shall prove his ability to product a connection of the strength
required. Evidence of welders qualification tests shall be produced if required by the Engineer. The
Engineer may reject any welder found not suitable during actual work. In general, the welders qualification
shall be carried out as per ASME- Section IX/ IS: 817
Welding wire and electrodes shall be stored separately by quantities and lots inside a dry and enclosed
room, and as per the instructions given by the Engineer. And perfectly dry and drawn form an electrode
oven, if required.

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 82 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)
Both the structural members and the welding operations shall be adequately protected from rain, strong
winds, snow during welding. The contractor shall make all necessary infrastructures available such as the
requisite number of welding sets, cutting and grinding equipment’s, test equipment’s and all consumables
as required.

Preparations of members for welding

Edge preparation of fusion faces for welding shall be carried out as per the details given in IS:9595or as
shown in drawings. All tolerances for such weld shall be as per IS: 9595
Surfaces to be welded shall be cleaned to ensure that they are free from loose scales, slag, rust, grease,
paint and other foreign matter, and shall be maintained.
Preheating of members shall be necessary when the base metal temperature (based on ambient
temperature) is less than the temperature required for that welding procedure. Preheating shall generally
be carried out for members having thickness more than 20mm. The preheating shall bedone in such a
manner that the part on which welded metal is to be deposited is above the specified temperature shall be
measured on the face opposite to the face being heated. In case, access is limited to only the face being
heated, the source of heat shall be removed, and sufficient time allowed to elapse for heat equalization
prior to measurement (1 minute per 25mm of plate thickness)
Column species and butt joints of compression members shall be accurately ground and close butted
over the entire section to ensure full contact for load transmission. The tolerance for such works shall be
maximum 0.2mm. In the case of column bases and caps the end of the section along with connected
gussets, stiffeners, angles, channels, etc shall be ground so as to ensure a minimum contact area of
90%. The grinding of angles and channels should be sufficiently accurate to limit the reduction in
thickness on account of grinding to 2mm. The ends of bearing stiffness shall be groundso as to fit tightly
at top and bottom. Slab bases and cap plates shall be accurately ground overbearing surfaces to ensure
minimum 90% contact area with columns.

Welding electrodes
Covered electrodes for metal arc shall confirm to IS: 814, IS: 7280 for bare electrodes for submerged arc
welding or IS: 1278 for filler rods and wires for gas welding or other relevant codes

Welding plant
The welding plant shall be capable of maintaining the voltage and current specified by the manufacturer
of the electrodes. The contractor shall supply instruments for verifying the voltage and current as and
when required by the Engineer.
When an automatic process of welding is adopted, the deposited metal must have mechanical properties
equal to those obtained using electrodes complying with IS: 814 or other relevant codes

Manual Welding
Manual welding shall be carried out by qualified welders equipped with plant suitable for the purpose. All
welders shall be qualified in accordance with IS: 817/ASME Section IX and details of such qualification
shall be submitted to the Engineer.

General inspections and testing of structures

Materials and workmanship at all times shall be subject to inspection by the GSIDC Consultant. All
inspections as far as possible shall be made at the place of fabrication and the contractor shall co-
operate with the GSIDC Consultant Inspector and permit access for inspection to all places where work is
being done. The contractor shall supply free to the GSIDC Consultant all necessary gauges and
templates necessary for inspection. However, such an inspection shall not relieve the contractor of his
responsibility to furnish satisfactory work
Materials of workmanship, not conforming to provisions of the specifications may be rejected any time

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 83 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

when defects are found during the progress of work.

The contractor shall obtain approval from the Engineer in charge of all fabricated items prior to
commencement of their erection. However, any such approval shall not absolve the contractor form his
responsibility of correctness and workmanship of the entire work

Packaging and transportation

Loading and transportation shall be done in accordance with transport rules prevailing at that location.
Items shall be packed to protect them from damage /distortion. Small parts shall be wired to theirmain
members. Loose items such as bolts, nuts and washers shall be packed in crates/bags.

Erection general
Erection of structural steelworks shall be carried out in accordance with the relevant IS codein conformity
with the drawings and specifications in an expeditious manner
The suitably and capacity of al plants, equipment, etc, usedfor erection shall be the satisfaction of the
Engineer

Scope of erection work

The contractor shall provide all construction material and equipment, transport facilities, tools,
consumables, labours, supervision for erection, including carrying out the following:
Receiving, unloading, checking, and moving into the storage facility at site, as outlined under General
conditions of contract inclusive of attending to all insurance matters in respect of materials arriving at site.
Transporting from site, storage, handling, rigging, assembling, riveting, bolting, welding, and installation of
all fabricated materials in proper location according to drawings or as directed by the Engineer
Checking centre lines, levels of all foundation’s blocks including checking line and level, position and
plumb of all bolts and pockets. Anydefects observed in the foundation shall be brought to the noticeof the
engineer. The contractor shall satisfy himself regarding the correctness of the foundations before
installing the fabricated structures on the foundation blocks. Aligning, levelling, riveting, bolting, welding,
fixing in position fabricated materials in accordance with drawings or as directed by the Engineer
Supply of all required consumables, constructions and erection materials, including but not limited
gauges, welding/brazing, rods, electrodes andwires, oxygen, acetylene, fuel, bolts , nuts , shims and
temporary supports ,etc as required for the incidental works and for the completion of erection Erection
shall also include the following work:
1. All minor modification such as:
i) Removal of bends, kinks, twists, etc of parts damaged during transport and handling
ii) Cutting, chipping, filling, grinding, etc for preparation and finishing of site connections
iii) Reaming for use ofthe next higher size of rivet or bolt for holes which do not register, or
which are found to be damaged
iv) Welding of connections in place of riveting orbolting forwhich holesare eithernot drilled or
wrongly drilled during fabrication
The following shall be considered as a legitimate part of erection work.
2. Re-fabrication work in respect of parts damaged beyond repair during transport and handling or in
respect of those that are incorrectly fabricated.
3. Fabrication of parts omitted during fabrication due to an error, or subsequently found tobe
essential.
4. Plug- welding and re -drilling of holes which do not register, and which cannot be reamed for the
use of next size of rivet or bolt.
5. Drilling of holes which are either not drilled at all or are drilled In incorrect positions during
fabrication

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 84 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

Erection drawings
The approved erection drawings and any approved arrangements drawings, specifications or instructions
accompanying them shall be followed while erecting the structural steel work. Erection drawings for
structural steel work shall be prepared by the contractor and shall consist of line - diagrams showing
every member in position with the respective erection mark
Erection marks shall appear on the structural steel members as detailed, and all steel work shall be
erected with the marks in the same relative position as shown on the plan or elevation
Any discrepancy between and specifications shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer -in- charge
for obtaining his decision

Assembly and Erection

Before the commencement of structural steelwork, the contractor shall submit a schedule of operations,
detailing the erection procedures to be followed. The schedule shall include provisions for any temporary
bracing that may be considered necessary during the erection
During the rection of a structure, the steelwork shall be securely bolted or otherwise fastened and if
necessary, temporarily braced, to make adequate provisions for all erection stresses and conditions,
including those due to erection equipment and its operation. Such temporary bracing shall be maintained
in position until the erection work is sufficiently advanced, and it is ascertained that the bracing provided is
no longer required
Connections for temporary bracing and additional habit holes, members or cheats used to facilitate
handling or erection, shall be provided in a manner which does not weaken the steelwork already erected
The alignment of each position of the structure shall be carried out progressively, soon after that portion is
erected. Permanent connections shall not be made until proper alignment has beenobtained and a
sufficiently large portion of the structure has been erected and temporarily connected to ensure that the
members thus connected shall not be overdressed or displaced during the progressive alignment of the
remainder of the structure

Application of coating
Unless otherwise specified, the paint system shall be applied by airless spray /air spray/ roller /brush
method or a combination of these methods. All coatings in the shop should be done by the airless spray
method.

Paint Thickness
To determine conformance to dry film thickness specified by means of magnetic gages, five separate spot
measurements shall be taken spaced evenly over an area of say 10 m2, or other area as may specified.
The average of the 5 spot measurements should not be less than the specified thickness, no single spot
measurements should not be less than 80%of specified thickness. Occasionally if unusually high or low
readings occur, such single gauge readings, which are not repeated consistently can beignored and not
used in the determination of spot measurements .In shop painting, wet film thickness measurements may
also beused,as they havethe advantage ofproviding an immediate indication of thickness at a time when
inadequacies can be corrected, usually without the need of an additional costs cannot be applied to
correct the deficient thickness
The wet fill thickness readings should be taken within a few seconds after the application, the
approximate expected dry film thickness can then be calculated by simply multiplying the wet thickness by
the Volume Percent Solids (Vs)/100m(taking into account any thinning of the paint for application)
Most dry film thickness gages using magnetic particles indicate at best only the distance from the top of
the paint surface to all magnetic steel surface, other films under the paint (such as rust, mill scale, existing

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 85 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

paint, or a rough surface profile) also increase the gage readings. Such gage measurements shall be then
corrected by either:
i) Measuring a knownshim of similar thicknessin the same substrate Or
ii) Subtracting a “blank” reading of the same substrate with outpaint.

Inspection and testing of paint

1. All painting material shall be procured from the reputed manufacturers. Quality test certificates must
accompany the supply. Engineer-in-charge at his discretion may ask for additional tests to satisfy
himself regarding the quality of paint including batch wise test of wet paints for physical and chemical
analysis. The costs of all such testing shall be borne by the Contractor.
2. The various stage wise inspection shall be at the followings tages:
1. Surface preparation
2. Primer application
3. Each subsequent coat

Hot Dipped Galvanizing ( for the bolts, cornerplates and other accessories)
1. Hot dipped galvanizing shall be carried out in accordance with IS: 802 (Part II), IS: 5358 and IS: 4759
2. The steel work prior to delivery, shall be cleaned for scale, rust, dirt, grease, etc. by means of
chipping, scraping, wirebrushing, mechanical buffing using skilled operators and dipping in caustic
soda bath and then in a bath containing dilute solutionof hydrochloric acid
3. The steel shall then be fluxed with ammonium chloride by impression ina pre-flexing bath or other
approved means
4. After pre-flexing, the steel shall be dipped into the pure (98.5%) molten zinc held at a temperature
between 440 degrees centigrade to 470 degrees centigrade. Proper arrangements shall be made to
support the member. The size of bath shall be such that it shall accommodate the individual member
in it’s entirely.
5. The thickness of hot dipped galvanized coating shall be between 610to765g/m2
6. Immediately after the steel has been removed from the bath, itshall be wiped, centrifuged to remove
excess zinc, and eliminate irregularities.
7. Proper vents of approved diameter shall be provided for all box members for proper venting of the
closed space.
8. Care shall be taken to avoid the distortion of the steel member

Mode of measurement Steel work

Payment of structural steel shall be paid based on admissible weight (in metric tons) of the structure
accepted by the Engineer-in-charge. The rate shall include , supply ,fabrication, erection in position(at all
locations and levels as mentioned in schedule of items) , testing and examining of bolted and / orwelded
structural stee lwork of all types (including all types of builtup and compound sections made up from rolled
sections and plates ) includingall transporting , pre heating,welding or bolting of joints ( bolts , nuts , etc
will be paid separately in weight basis) including continuously seal welding of box/ hollow sections,
grinding , fixing in line and level with temporary staging , bracing , guying , temporary fasteners ,
temporary supports, temporary anchor bolts etc . and the removal of the same after erection including
preparations of fabrication drawings and erection drawings, erection schedules including all necessary
submissions for review, preparing the surface for painting, surface cleaning, removal of mill scale, dust,
rust, oil, or grease.
The weight shall be determined from the fabrication drawings and bill of materials prepared by the
contractor and approved by GSIDC. The weights shall be calculated based on IS handbook / IS:1161/ IS:
806, wherever applicable and from manufactures handbook for other cases. In the case of imported
section, the weights chargeable shall be the weight according to the relative standards ofthe country of
origin. No allowance in weight shall be made for rolling tolerance. The price shall include allowance for
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 86 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

wastage, caused by shape or profile of elements

Weight of erection pack plates, shims, wedges, and weld shall not be measured. The quoted rateshall be
deemed to include the same. In calculating weights of gusset plates. For structural sections, the weight
will be calculated on lengths used, with no deductions for splay cut or mired end.

Bolting
All foundations bolts, connections bolts including nuts, washers, will be payable separately on weight
basis based on Indian Standard codes.
Grouting
Grout shall be paid on cu. m. basis based on volume area calculated to fill the pockets and the gap of
pedestal and underside of base plate

Painting of structural steelwork

Payment for the painting of structural steel work shall be made based on weight in metric tons of the
painted structure accepted by the Engineer-in-charge.
The rate shall include storage, surface preparation, degreasing, cleaning, drying, touching up, rectification
of damaged points as mentioned in Schedule ‘A’as per the methodology approved by the Engineer -in-
charge

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 87 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

WARRANTY
1. The General Defect liability period is two year from date of completion and handingover.
2. Warranty for Steel Structure materials and workmanship against defects for a period of 5 years from
date of completion of the work and handing over.
3. 15-year warranty for the 902S2 series of Fabric material from serge Ferrari (conditional warranty from
manufacturer)

DESIGN
1. The structural design shall comply with applicable codes and regulations of Indian Standard/ BS/
AISE.
2. Engineering Design documentation of the complete tensioned membrane structure shall meet all
applicable codes of AISE /Euro Code III or equaling.
3. The structure shall be designed for loads in accordance with IS:875 with thebasic wind speed
applicable to the site as per IS:875 Part-03
4. Design of structural steel shall bed one as per the Limit State Design usingIS:800/EN10219-2
5. Reference to other international codes/ standards can be made at times, when necessary, guidelines
are not available within Indian Standards.

ENGINEERING
1. This part of the specification document covers the basic engineering requirements for this structure.
2. Engineering calculation: It should include primarily the following items.
a. Design basis & criterion clearly mentioning the parameters and characteristics for all the
materials that are being used for this tensile fabric structure.
b. Basic data used for generating windloads and pressures along with loading diagrams.
c. Large deflection numerical shape generation will ensure a stable, uniformly stressed, three
dimensionally curved shape that is in static equilibrium with the internal pre-stress.
d. Forces and is suitable to resist all applied loads.
e. Analysis of the fabric (using the stable form) for all applicable external forces/ loads.
f. Confirmation of fabric strength–contractor to confirm that the fabric specified in this document is
satisfying the technical requirement based on fabric analysis.
g. Finite element structural analysis of the support frame system. Member sizing calculations of all
primary structural members.
h. Connection design including bolt, weld, and ancillary member sizing.
3. Engineering drawings: In general, all submissions shall be made in minimum A3 size. All drawings
shall include critical dimensions, specification, grades of materials, connections, anchoring and
foundation details necessary to understand the submission. The engineering submission to include
primarily (but not limited to) the following drawings.
i. GA drawing of the structure with the pre- stressed fabric – to include the plans and elevations.
j. Structural framing drawings –to include plans and elevations along with the basic sizes of the
primary structural members.
k. Layout and details of foundation and anchoring
l. Details of connection between structural members, fabric connection to structural framing,
m. Specific connections critical to the structure, etc.
n. A General Seam layout of the fabric, typical seam joining details, fabric reinforcing details, etc.
4. The contractor shall be experienced enough to understand Biaxial Fabric test results, interpret, and
finalize the fabric compensation values. Using these results, the engineer found out the final two-
dimensional compensated fabric templates required to generate the three- dimensional equilibrium
shapes.
5. Structural Authenticity: All drawings and calculations shall be signed and sealed by a specialized
engineer mastered in membrane structures from any European University. This engineer is
SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 88 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

responsible for this authenticity and shall hold the following minimum basic requirement.
Contractor will help the client to get the design vetted by IIT/ NIT or equivalent, ifrequired.

QUALITY ASSURANCE

Acceptable Manufacturers:
Roof contractors must provide proof of the Manufacturer Authorize certifications. Should be able to submit
the Fabric Warranty certificate post Completion of work: Should have completed either of the following
during the past 5years
o Single contract worth value not less than INR:25Cr/-
o 3 contracts worth a value not less than INR:15cr/-

MATERIALS

Fabric: Fabric Specification, TypeII, with 25 yearswarranty:

Membrane shall be Pre-Stressed PVC/PVDF coated with following Characteristics;-

Yarn: High TenacityPolyesterCables, 1100 Dtex
with Cross Link PVDF
Coated fabric Weight: 1050g/m²
Width 267cm
Tensile Strength Warp/Weft: 4300/4300N/5cm
Tear Strength Warp/Weft: 550/500N
Flame Retardancy: Bs2d0–EN1350-1
Adhesion 120N/5cm
Surface treatment (Top/Back): PVDF/PVDF
Dimensional Stability: Elongation24h–
10daN/5cm[warp/weft]Residual <1%/<1%
Elongation <0.4%/,0.4%
Total Thickness: 0.78mm
SOLAR OPTICAL VALUES TS7%,RS76%,AS17%
SURFACE INTEGRITY & <0.8(ISO10640/7500 hour exposure
PERFORMANCE: /Eq.30years)
Oxidation rate >70%(ISO1421/7500 hour exposure
REMAINING TENSILE STRENGTH /Eq.30years)
Micro Organism Resistance MethodA,Degree0 Excellent–ENISO 846-A
Thermal Conductivity ca.U=5.6/6.4W/sqm/ DegreeCelsius
[vertical/Horizontal]
UV transmission 0%
Quality Management: ISO9001
Environmental Management ISO14021
Warranty: 25years
Manufacturer Serge Ferrari/ Verseidagor Equivalent

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 89 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST
 Construction of Regional Office Building for NAVODAYA VIDYALAYA SAMITI at Bhopal (MP)

* * *

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR Page 90 of 90 SIGNATURE OF NBCC

Digitally signed by MAYANK

KUMAR
Date: 2024.04.16 12:08:24 IST